You are on page 1of 238

Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Title page

Rapport Media Gateway Controller (MGC-8)
ATCA Install and Upgrade
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 | July 2015

Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Legal notice
Legal notice

Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2015 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Alcatel-Lucent and must not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside
Alcatel-Lucent without its written authorization.
Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with applicable agreements.

Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Use pursuant to applicable agreements

Contents
About this document
Purpose

.......................................................................................................................................................................................... xiii
xiii

What's new

................................................................................................................................................................................... xiii
xiii

Intended audience

...................................................................................................................................................................... xiv
xiv

How to use this document

....................................................................................................................................................... xiv
xiv

Conventions used ......................................................................................................................................................................... xv
xv
Related information ................................................................................................................................................................... xvi
xvi
Document support

................................................................................................................................................................... xviii
xviii

Technical support ..................................................................................................................................................................... xviii
xviii
How to comment
1

..................................................................................................................................................................... xviii
xviii

System requirements
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1-1
MGC-8 hardware requirements ........................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1-2
Installing the MGC-8 software

............................................................................................................................................ 1-5
1-5

Firmware and software versions ....................................................................................................................................... 1-10
1-10
Configuration, administration, and maintenance ........................................................................................................ 1-11
1-11
2

System configuration
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
2-1
Prerequisite procedure ............................................................................................................................................................. 2-2
2-2

3

Prepare for the LCP installation
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3-1
Mandatory prerequisite procedures .................................................................................................................................... 3-1
3-1
Prepare the flashdrive .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-3
3-3

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
iii
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Gather the system configuration information ................................................................................................................. 3-6
3-6
Complete the configuration worksheets

........................................................................................................................... 3-7
3-7

Configure the laptop .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-11
3-11
Power on the shelf .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-15
3-15
What’s next? ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-15
3-15
4

Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 4-1
4-1
Field re-installed software

..................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
4-3

ShMC IP configuration ........................................................................................................................................................... 4-4
4-4
Hub IP configuration procedure

.......................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4-5

Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ................................................................................................ 4-6
4-6
What’s next? ............................................................................................................................................................................. 4-10
4-10
5

Load transfer and pre-installation
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
5-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-1
5-1
Load transfer and field installation procedure ................................................................................................................ 5-2
5-2

6

Configure blade with OAM server A functionality
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-1
6-1
Prerequisite procedure ............................................................................................................................................................. 6-2
6-2
Verify the system configuration ........................................................................................................................................... 6-3
6-3
What’s next?

7

............................................................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6-4

Load installation and LCP check
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7-1
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-1
7-1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
iv
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

................................................................... 10-5 10-5 What’s next? ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7-4 7-4 8 Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Overview ............................................................................................................ 7-2 7-2 Changing hub and ShMC login and password ................................................................. 9-11 9-11 Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting .................................................... 8-13 8-13 Configure and enable CPM ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-2 9-2 Provisioning AMC SS7 cards ............................................................................................. 9-19 9-19 10 Final activities Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary v 255-400-022R9............................................................................ 10-2 10-2 Graceful shutdown ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-4 8-4 Grow in the ADCM blades ............................................................................................................................... 7-3 7-3 LCP check procedure .................................... Load installation procedure ........................................................................ 8-21 8-21 De-growth procedure 9 ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-9 9-9 Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks ..................................................... 10-6 10-6 ............. 8-2 8-2 Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10-1 10-1 Final activities ........................................................................ 9-15 9-15 Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which it communicates ...... 9-1 9-1 Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades .............................. 10-1 10-1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X........................................ 8-2 8-2 Rules and restrictions ..................................................................................Contents .................................................................................................... 8-23 8-23 Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Overview ....................................... 8-1 8-1 Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-20 8-20 Backing up blade configuration ..... 9-18 9-18 What’s next ....................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................... 12-1 12-1 Upgrading working-working GR switches 13 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. A-1 A-1 ATCA Shelf ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 Upgrade scenarios and procedures Overview ..................................................................... A-1 A-1 Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP) ...................................................................................X...................................................................................................................................................................... 11-20 11-20 12 Upgrade working-working GR switches Overview ................................................................................................................................................... 12-2 12-2 Rollback and backout procedures Overview ........................................................................................... 11-6 11-6 Upgrade the ALGPv2 software ................................. 11-4 11-4 Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ............................................................. 11-3 11-3 Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases ......... A-6 A-6 B Worksheets Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-1 13-1 Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software .................................................. 11-2 11-2 Upgrade requirements ........................................................................................................................................................... A-4 A-4 Ethernet hub RTM ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-12 13-12 A Hardware illustrations Overview ............................................... B-1 B-1 ..... 13-7 13-7 Backout MGC-8 only upgrade .................................................................................................................................................................. 11-1 11-1 Upgrade scenarios ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-2 11-2 Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI ...................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................. 13-2 13-2 Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ A-3 A-3 Ethernet hub ..................................................................................................................................................................... 11-15 11-15 Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software ....... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA vi Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.........................................................................................Contents ....................................................................................................... A-5 A-5 Shelf manager card ....................

............................. D-3 D-3 Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Overview .............................................................................. G-5 G-5 Generating a license file ................................................................................................................................................................................ F-1 F-1 G Software ASLM Overview ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Contents ...... G-2 G-2 Accessing the ASLM tool ................................................................................................................................................................................................. B-2 B-2 Worksheet 2 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... D-2 D-2 Determining the SOL IP address on a blade E .................................................................................................................................................................... G-1 G-1 Base and session entitlements ............................... B-3 B-3 Worksheet 3A ................................. H-1 H-1 ................................................................. E-2 E-2 Hub and shmc configuration ...........................................X........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ G-7 G-7 H Document issue history Overview ............................................................................. B-7 B-7 ShMC and ethernet hub commands Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E-3 E-3 Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs ............................................................................. E-1 E-1 Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8 ............ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary vii 255-400-022R9.X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ....................................................... C-1 C-1 ShMC commands ...................................................... C-1 C-1 Ethernet hub commands D ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... C-2 C-2 Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade Overview .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Worksheet 1 . D-1 D-1 SOL session for a processor blade procedure ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E-6 E-6 F Software loads from the factory Software Loads .............................. B-6 B-6 Worksheet 3B C .........................................................

.................................................................Contents .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Reissue history .....................X........................................................ H-1 H-1 Index ....................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA viii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..............................................................................................

...................................................... 1-10 .............................................................X.......................................................... H-4 H-9 Issue 3.................... Reason for reissue ....................................... November 2014...................................................... 1-4 ......................................... June 2014.................... and scripts 9-1 Port to physical interface mapping C-1 ShMC commands ............................ July 2015 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ H-2 H-4 Issue 8....................... March 2015.................. H-3 H-6 Issue 6..................................................................... Reason for reissue ................................................................. Reason for reissue H-7 Issue 5............ H-4 ............ C-2 ................................................................. Reason for reissue ...................................................................... xvii ................................. C-1 C-1 C-2 Ethernet hub commands E-1 Customer values of SSH and SOL ....................... Reason for reissue ...................... Reason for reissue ................. H-3 H-8 Issue 4............................... H-4 H-11 Issue 1.............................................. Reason for reissue ........... May 2014.............................................................................................................................................................................................. April 2015......................... April 2014....................... April 2014.............................................................................................................................. January 2015......................... files.............. 9-16 ............... December 2014........................... xvii ................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary ix 255-400-022R9..................................................................... April 2014.............................................................................................................................. October 2014................................................................................................................................. G-3 H-1 Issue 11..................................................... Reason for reissue .................................................................................................................................. H-2 H-5 Issue 7...... Reason for reissue ........... E-3 G-1 Software license names and descriptions ............................................................................................................... Reason for reissue .............................................. xiii 2 Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 ATCA documentation 3 MGC-8 ATCA and COTS common documentation 1-1 Login and passwords 1-2 Installation packages... Reason for reissue ............................................................................... H-3 ....................................................... H-2 H-3 Issue 9.................. H-4 H-10 Issue 2......List of tables 1 Document changes in Issue 12.................... H-1 H-2 Issue 10.....

............................................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...........................................................................................................................X.. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA x Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.............List of tables ..........................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A-4 A-4 ...................................................... 9-2 ................................................................ 8-36 8-36 ............................................................................. 1-3 4-1 Response example 8-1 Example 9-1 Example of a successful response 9-2 Login example A-1 ATCA Shelf Example ................................................ 4-7 4-7 ........... A-3 A-3 .................................................................................List of figures 1-1 Factory hardware placement example ......................................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xi 255-400-022R9.................................................................................................................... A-6 .............................................................. G-5 G-5 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-3 9-3 ............................................................................................................................................. A-5 ................................ G-6 G-6 .......................................................................................................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................... A-2 A-2 A-2 Processor Blade A-3 Ethernet hub A-4 Hub RTM Card Example A-5 Shelf manager card (ShMC) example G-1 ASLM G-2 ASLM Access Page .............................X.............................................................................

...........X.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .........List of figures .................................................................... .............................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA xii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................

..About this document About this document Purpose This guide provides Installers with the instructions needed to successfully complete a field installation or upgrade of the Linux Control Platform (LCP) and the Alcatel-Lucent Gateway Platform (ALGPv2) software on MGC-8 Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture (ATCA) hardware......... 1360 COM to COM...X.... This is Issue 12..... represents Rapport MGC-8.... Any references in the legacy documents......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .... appendices..... 255-400-022.............. “Document issue history”.. Table 1 Document changes in Issue 12............................ the 5060 Media Gateway Controller (MGC-8) product is renamed as Rapport Media Gateway Controller. What's new This is a reissue of the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide......... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xiii 255-400-022R9.... Rapport MGC-8 will be hereafter referred to as MGC-8...... Global .. Changes introduced in prior issues of the document are shown in Appendix H.............. or images to 5060 MGC-8 or MGC-8.............. Similarly. Product name change Starting with release 9....... The document changes in this issue are shown in the following table. July 2015 Document Issue Description Location 12 Added new product name Rapport Front matter Product name change: updated 5060 MGC-8 to MGC-8...4 and later releases....... and 7510 MGW to MGW. The major changes introduced in this issue of the document are described in the following paragraphs.. the COM will be referred as COM and the 7510 MGW will be referred as MGW......5....... Throughout the document............... Note: This document is applicable to R9...................... text................................................

.............................. and their physical location prior to installation.................... Part III provides instructions for upgrading the LCP and ALGPv2 software.. This document has been divided into logical parts and sections: • • • Part I provides instructions for installing the LCP base platform.............................About this document ................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA xiv Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................15............................ firmware................. To minimize procedural errors. This key is not required for the initial field installation of LCP software.. You must know the LCP version from which you are upgrading and the version to which you are upgrading to in order to determine the required key... The information in this document assumes that the Installer has a good understanding of the following: • • • MGC-8 hardware.. Upon completion of the installation.............31. Intended audience This document is for internal use by Alcatel-Lucent personnel and designated Field Installers. .................. unless noted otherwise... Additionally.....................X Issue 12 July 2015 ......... time estimates are provided at the start of each new section.........15...... For example an upgrade from 24.... Typically. Part II provides the instructions for installing the ALGPv2 software........... Evolution key information is available in QDI document 52114.................. Use this document in conjunction with the associated release notes and application specific documents.....05 to 24...... as indicated in the release notes.... the end of each section can be used as a pause point (you can continue the following day for example)................. associated names......06 will not require an evolution key........................ and operations Red Hat Linux operations (basic commands) IP data networking architecture/design How to use this document Software evolution key for upgrading A hot upgrade evolution key is required for an LCP platform software upgrade.......31.......... The Installer should be familiar with the equipment..................... The evolution key is also not needed when the first six digits of the LCP platform software version do not change.... the component names.... it is recommended that the Installer review the entire document before performing any of the procedures...............X................... the installer will be ready to provision the system and may need to perform additional steps................................. architecture/design... Steps that take longer than 5 minutes to complete indicate approximate time lines for completion............... The execution time of the entire procedure depends largely on previous experience and the complexity of the configuration..

...... Acronym Meaning ACCM Advanced Centralized Compute Module ADCM Advanced Distributed Compute Module BTS Billing and Traffic System CNFG Configuration Service COTS Common Off The Shelf CP Centralized Processing Server CPM Centralized Password Management ................................................... and Ethernet Hub The words hub and Processor Blade The words IMS service and the ngss • The fs5k service and the ngfs..... node........................... sub-rack................................................ Conventions used Appearance Description italicized text • File and directory names • Emphasized information • Titles of publications • A variable that the user supplies • Text that is displayed in a graphical user interface or in a hardware label • The name of a key on the keyboard graphical user interface text or key name input text Command names and text that the user types or selects as input to a system output text Text that a system displays or prints Terminology In this document the following terms are used interchangeably.............. • • • The words cabinet and rack The words shelf.........................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................About this document ............................... Acronyms This document uses the following acronyms................................... and chassis The words shelf................................................................... and chassis • • • • The words card and blade The words processor card.............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xv 255-400-022R9.......X. sub-rack........................................

.............. ........................ Maintenance.................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA xvi Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..............................X.................................................................................................................................................................................. OAMSA OAM Server A PDU Power Distribution Unit RBSU ROM Based Setup Utility RCC Reliable Cluster Computing SD SIP Distributor Server SIM Software Installation Manager SNS Shared Network Service SSH Secure Shell VM Virtual Machine VCP Virtualization Control Platform VMM-HI Virtualization Machine Management and Host Infrastructure Related information Refer to the following Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 ATCA documentation as needed for additional information...................................About this document .......... Administration...................................................................................... and Provisioning..............X Issue 12 July 2015 .................. Acronym Meaning CS Call Server Fka Formerly known as FRU Field Replaceable Unit HDD Hard Disk Drive iLO Integrated Lights-Out IMS IP Multimedia Service LAN Local Area Network LCP Linux Control Platform MGC Media Gateway Controller MI Maintenance Interface Service OA HP BladeServer Onboard Administrator OAM&P Operations.....

...............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes 255-400-006 Describes new features and feature enhancements......... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide 255-400-002 Contains TL1 commands to provision the platform......... ......... and other important release-specific information not available elsewhere........... functional entities and services......... perform a manual switchover..................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Maintenance and Diagnostic Procedures Guide 255-400-001 Describes procedures to maintain and check switch operation.....About this document .................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide 255-400-019 Describes procedures for obtaining alarm information and provides references to trouble analysis procedures for determining the cause and correction of the problems................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide 255-400-022 Provides installation and upgrade instructions for LCP software and ALGPv2 software on the MGC-8 ATCA hardware...... Table 3 MGC-8 ATCA and COTS common documentation Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and COTS BTS User Guide 255-400-403 Contains billing information for the BTS application............. cabling as well as environmental and power requirements...... List of documents Table 2 Alcatel-Lucent MGC-8 ATCA documentation Product Part number Product description Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Operations Guide 255-400-000 Contains platform provisioning procedures.... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA SCME Guide 255-400-023 Contains information for MGC-8 ATCA switches to be deployed in either a wireline or Gateway Mobile Switching Center (GMSC) application........X............................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Hardware Guide 255-400-209 Contains MGC-8 ATCA hardware information for engineering a site including: module descriptions. hardware specifications................................... retrieve PM data and status........................................................ and recover after a switch failure. Also included are detailed level procedures necessary to replace switch hardware.................................................................. new and modified TL1 commands................ hardware and software limitations............................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary xvii 255-400-022R9.........................................

........... .... See the Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.......................................................... new and modified TL1 commands.............. replace the plus sign with your country's exit code..................................alcatel-lucent....... and other important release-specific information not available elsewhere...... Table 3 MGC-8 ATCA and COTS common documentation (continued) Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and COTS BTS Upgrade Guide 255-400-428 Describes the procedures required to upgrade the BTS application..................... dial this number: +1-630-224-2485 If you are using a landline (phone without a plus [+] character)....com/support/) for contact information.............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and COTS BTS Release Notes 255-400-404 Describes new BTS features and feature enhancements.......... go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc..About this document ..... These numbers apply for document support only......... From United States • If you are using a landline................................ contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team................. contact Alcatel-Lucent at the following telephone numbers..X..................................... Please see the section “Technical support” for details about product hardware.......................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA xviii Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9...... Dial this number: Exit code for the country of origin: 1-630-224-2485................. dial this number: 1-888-582-3688 From other countries • • If you are using a cellular phone or VOIP.... and technical support........ software...........X Issue 12 July 2015 ...............alcatellucent... Document support For support in using this or any other Alcatel-Lucent document........ hardware and software limitations....... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA and COTS Security Guide 255-400-020 Describes any security enhancements and also provides additional information on security not found in other guides. a cellular phone or VOIP............................... See the country-specific exit codes listed here.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline (comments@alcatel-lucent..com).................................................. How to comment To comment on this document. Technical support For technical support..........

. administration.................. Slots 5/6: PoolId = 3............. 5/6.......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .. 11/12 and even 13/14............... In a co-host configuration.... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-1 255-400-022R9....... When MI/ACCM is co-hosted............................. and Slots 13/14: PoolId = 6 Contents MGC-8 hardware requirements 1-2 Installing the MGC-8 software 1-5 Firmware and software versions 1-10 Configuration.. the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and slots 3 and 4 are typically for ACCM modules......... only a maximum of 4 pairs is supported....1 System requirements 1 Overview Purpose This chapter provides an overview of the hardware and software requirements for the installation of the LCP and the ALGPv2 software on the MGC-8................... it provides firmware and password information. 9/10....................... and maintenance 1-11 ...X....................... The MGC-8/VSG has two configurations.the ACCM is always placed in slots 1/2.. the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and ACCM functions...... The allowed slot / poolId combinations are: Slots 3/4: PoolId = 2.... ACCM always have poolId=1 ADCMs can therefore go in slots 3/4..... the non-co-host (standalone) and the co-host... Slots 9/10: PoolId = 4. Slots 11/12: PoolId = 5.............. not a fully loaded 5 ADCM pair configuration.. However......... Additionally.................. • • In a non-co-host (standalone) configuration.........

. – Blade without AMC SS7 . MGC-8 hardware requirements Purpose This section describes the supported system hardware and any additional hardware that is required for the installation............... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 Hardware Guide. 255-400-209 for a complete description of the supported hardware.............................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............... Modules with OAM server functionality are always in slots 1 and 2... The MGC-8 is a fully-redundant system....................... The hubs have associated NASYS RTM in the rear of the chassis............. • • The blades are numbered from 1 to 15.................... • • • Shelf Manager Cards (ShMC) are always in slot 15 (half height).....FM016JP Rear Transition Module (NASYS) • • • • Ethernet Hub Blade or Hub Switch (NBMASW1) T1/E1 Rear Transition Module (RPCMHDAA) Rear Filler (NAFILL) Front Filler (NBFILL) The MGC-8 system operates as a 1-shelf (1CP) configuration.............FM016JB – Blade with AMC SS7 ......... In a co-host configuration....... left to right.............. An external routable subnet is accessible by both LCP and non-LCP elements... The co-host configuration does not support the OAM Server (NBRZAL) in slots 1 and 2............................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 1-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements .. and Processor Blade................................................... Following are some system requirements: • Each blade has a sister blade that sits next to it......... one is located in slot 07 and the other is located in slot 08...................................................................... The system can be rack-mounted in an open rack or mounted inside of a cabinet................................................. There are two hub cards per shelf......... the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and ACCM functions............ The active ShMC in a shelf controls the blades within that shelf....................... The Ethernet Hub is a layer 2 blade. • The LCP internal subnet can only be accessed by the ShMC. Ethernet Hub... • ............... System hardware The following hardware is supported with this release: • • Processor blades which are front facing blades for the ATCA chassis.........X.............

...................... The ShMC in a shelf and the AMC blades are numbered numerically from top to bottom.......................................... The bottom shelf in cabinet 0 is shelf 0.... Shelf layout Each shelf houses a series of blades that increase numerically from left to right....X......... The co-host configuration does not support the OAM Server (NBRZAL) in slots 1 and 2.......... “Hardware illustrations” to view graphical depictions of individual hardware elements........... the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and ACCM functions...... The left most slot is assigned number 1 while the right-most slot is assigned number 15.............................. 1-3) shows an example of the factory-installed hardware placement......................................... The shelf itself is numbered from bottom to top........ In a non-co-host (standalone) configuration................................ See Appendix A........... the modules in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server functionality and slots 3 and 4 are for ACCM modules............................................................................ Figure 1-1 Factory hardware placement example ......... “Factory hardware placement example” (p....... In a co-host configuration.........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...............................................System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements ........... Figure 1-1................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-3 255-400-022R9.....................................................

........System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements ...0 where the user replaces <X......X Issue 12 July 2015 ....0).... or 169.... Hardware requirements (not shipped with the system) The following hardware............ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 1-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.... The time zone for the blades is configurable from the Field Install Graphical User Interface (FI GUI)...................... Table 1-1 Login and passwords Element Login name Factory default password Default password Customer defined password ShMC root alatcav2 newsys done by customer Ethernet Hub root alatcav2 newsys done by customer Processor Blade root N/A newsys done by customer SOL connection root N/A newsys done by customer Communicating with elements All of the blades within the shelf can communicate using an internal subnet.. The MGC-8 blades display their time in UTC............ UTC Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) is equivalent to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)......... is also required for the installation: • • • • A laptop computer A straight CAT-5 Ethernet cable to connect the laptop to the module with OAM server A functionality.. Passwords The following table shows the passwords needed to access the various shelf elements and includes the default passwords provided by the factory.X.......... The load to be installed will NOT be placed in the flashdrive....................0.......... USB bootable device with a minimum of 1GB capacity..............................usno..... Using Linux..navy... For example: <X...............Y>........... sites do have the option of choosing a different subnet by changing the first two octets............... The url (http://tycho..............................0........... For example: date -u......html) displays the current date/time in UTC.....Y>...............254........................mil/simpletime............ USB to male DB-9 Serial cable with corresponding drivers loaded on the laptop (not needed if your laptop has a DB-9 port). which is not included with the system.. with different values.....................255................254....................................................... .................. Although this is the subnet value that is strongly recommended............... you can obtain this time using the -u option.........................0...0 (255.................. The internal subnet is a class B subnet with a value of 169....

.......................................... 4........................127...................... Procedures necessary to de-grow blades are provided in Chapter 8.......... “Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades”...2/16 (255. Installing the MGC-8 software MGC-8 The initial software installation on-site of the non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8 is a three-step process....... adding in pairs of ADCM blades to the MGC-8 chassis............................... Downloading software.................... ....255................... 3......... 1-8) in this chapter..System requirements MGC-8 hardware requirements ......... as described in “LCP software installation” (p...... “Load installation and LCP check”............ *For the non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8....... “Rollback and backout procedures”........... adding in a pair of ACCM blades and any ADCM blades to the MGC-8 chassis.... the PC is referred to as the laptop..... Procedures necessary to upgrade software are provided in Chapter 11..... as described in Chapter 10....... The pc/laptop/LMT Ethernet interface must have a temporary IP and netmask of 169. there is no terminal server thereby making it imperative that the system ships with the appropriate serial cables.............................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-5 255-400-022R9... “Final activities”.................... Important: Downloading of the software takes several hours and it should be done as far in advance as possible. Procedures necessary to downgrade or back out software are provided in Chapter 13.. Note: The mini-USB to female DB-9 cable is provided with the system.............................. 2. A Hyper-terminal or hyperterm connection is defined as accessing the shelf through its serial connection..............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .....X..... Installation of the LCP control platform of modules with OAM server functionality..... “Upgrade scenarios and procedures”......... 6....254.. This connection is needed if IP connectivity between the laptop and the shelf is lost.... *For the co-host MGC-8... 1............. “Prepare for the LCP installation” through Chapter 7..........0....... In this document. 5. 1-6) and “ALGPv2 software installation” (p. as described in Chapter 3.......................................... The laptop is assumed to be Windows-based By default..............0) to communicate with the system....... Installation of the ALGPv2 software.......

The LCP platform and applications interact through an external interface...........26.XX....zip file.................zip file.......15...XX_R25.. you will need the .........XX........ The LCP software provides the infrastructure for the system to perform ALGPv2 software installation... growth/de-growth..21.... to R25................ The deft or deftC file to be used depends upon the upgrade path..XX. you will need the deftC_R24..... deft_R24...XX_R25..15.XX..........XX.29............XX......11.. If you are upgrading from • One major release to the next one.......15............ The contents of the monolithic zip file consists of other individual package zip files that pertain to different services... – R24..XX to R25.XX... For example..XX.....15..System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software .. such as: – R24........15.XX..........yy......XX...... LCP software installation The LCP software is the base platform software that you install on the application server hosts (OAM Server A and OAM Server B)..... LCP provides the tools for the patch of the OS kernel...XX....15..................11......zip file... Deft files provide special data evolve tools developed to evolve the data from one release or load to another...._R25..XX_R25...........15. you will need the deftC_R25....... The LCP software is provided on a monolithic zip file that contains all the necessary software to configure the chassis. you will need the deftC_R25. The data evolve tools will be contained in the deft(C)_Rrr.......XX..10......15...XX....XX to R25.........XX...... • A minor release or patch such as: – R25..zip file.............. – R25...15........XX......._R25.. you will need the deft_R25..........10.15................15............zip file.....26.X..zip file............. ....................... the user must obtain the appropriate version of the evolve tools... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 1-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........xx.XX.15....zip file..XX.XX_R25....yy_Rrr.15..... to R25...XX to R25......29.xx...... to R25..... you will need the deftC_R23...15..... – R23...... it contains the necessary software installation tools that enable services to be shipped to the service hosts.zip file.21...XX.15.. – R24...XX to R25... In order to perform a release-to-release or patch-to-patch software update..15.15....XX..... upgrade..XX.._R25..... patch............ and restore. Additionally...... you will need the deftC_R24..X Issue 12 July 2015 ... – R25.......... while the ALGPv2 services actually invoke them to patch the OS kernel for the ACCM/ADCM blades.15.... Deft files may also be required.............

......................... 1.... Select the number5.XX........_R25..... 5.... to R25... You must know the LCP version from which you are upgrading and the version to which you are upgrading to determine the required key..15............. to R25......XX...........15..................... Go to https://support....com/portal/olcsHome.......................... Log in with your User Name and Password.. The deft(C) software that you use on the switch will be determined by your upgrade path......... 2.......... – – R25.......... Perform the following to obtain the LCP software......................12........XX..LSS. select Technical Content for 4...... you will need the deftC_R25......... for the LCP version tested with ALGPV2..15.............. R25... Click Next...LCP..... On the left side of the screen.............15. 9........13.X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..06 will not require an evolution key.. The LCP and deft(C) software can be downloaded from the Alcatel-Lucent OLCS LED site.......15.ATCA....... Attention: Software evolution key for upgrading A hot upgrade evolution key is required for an LCP platform software upgrade........12...alcatel-lucent........XX.. This key is not required for the initial field installation of LCP software.................. Download both the LCP and the deft(C) software loads.. The evolution key is also not needed when the first six digits of the LCP platform software version do not change...............X..... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes 255-400-006...13........XX. Find the Boot_Image..31.iso file to download the same (where Rxx is the LCP version for this release)....31......... Select the appropriate LCP version for this release from "Please select a Downloadable"..... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-7 255-400-022R9......X... you will need the deftC_R25.. Select LCP from “Please navigate through the hierarchy to download” 8..05 to 24................xx... Search for and select the MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller) 6.. 3........XX........ Chapter 3 Test Results..........zip file...Rxx........do......9.zip file..X.....................XX........._R25. ....... Evolution key information is available in QDI document 52114.....System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software ....... 10....15.. Refer to the MGC-8 system release notes in 255-400-006 for the LCP release number...... For example an upgrade from 24... Select the Downloads: Electronic Delivery and wait for the next menu to load fully 7...X...............XX.

. Select from “Please navigate through the hierarchy to download” 8...............X................................................................do... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes.. It could be a non-co-host (standalone) configuration or a co-host configuration MGC_ICS for ICS + MGC-8/VSG .......................... Search for and select the following: MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller) + 6....This configuration has only ALGPv2 blades in the chassis (with OAM server functionality. select the following: Technical Content for 4.................alcatel-lucent.. The ALGPv2 software can be downloaded from the Alcatel-Lucent OLCS LED site............................. ALGPv2 software installation ALGPv2 software is an overlay application which you install on top of the base platform provided by the LCP............ for installation and upgrade.... ............. Log in with your User Name and Password.This configuration supports ALGPv2 blades with ICS blades............... Perform the following to obtain the ALGPv2 software downloads..... 255-400-006..... There are two configuration types for ALGPv2 ATCA chassis: • • MGC MGC-8/VSG ...... Be sure to use the ICS LCP software version instead of the MGC-8 LCP software version........... Find the ATCA ALGPV2 version of software and download it....................... 3..........X Issue 12 July 2015 ......................... On the left side of the screen.... Select the number5... 1. Select the following and wait for the next menu to load fully: Downloads: Electronic Delivery 7..... The ALGPv2 software is installed on an ATCA chassis.com/portal/olcsHome................ 2........... Processor blades.......... and ShMC blades).......................................... for correct version numbers of the MGC-8 files............ 5............................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 1-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................... Go to https://support................................ The ALGP platform is based on the MGC-8 (and VSG 5025) ported onto an ATCA platform.......System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software .....

.....zip)....................... files...... Field installation — A new install of an ATCA chassis...System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software ........tar.....zip. Upgrade and downgrade — Upgrading or downgrading the ALGPv2 software or a portion of the ALGPv2 software to a new version......X...X..sh pkgs/AMCSS7pkg.....X) – ALGPV2APPpkg.............X..... The following ALGPv2 installation and upgrade procedures are supported in this release: • • • Growth and De-growth of blades — Adding or removing hardware modules to/from an operational ATCA chassis....gz (Telica/swAMCSS7/9...................... The field installation procedure installs the blade with OAM server functionality and any other blades needed......... ALGPv2 system software The ALGPv2 system consists of the installation of ALGPv2 software on ATCA chassis ALGPv2 that is released as a single zip file. is shown below: • • pkgs/ALGPV2APPpkg...........gz (Telica/swCPU/9........xx...........X..zip – AMCSS7......... • • ALGPV2APPpkg.. The zip file contains other zip files or packages.....ATCA........... which means that no blades are installed in the chassis...... Currently there is only one package for both ACCM and ADCM zip file (ALGPV2APPpkg........X) • • – AMCSS7pkg................yy...ATCA............ The zip files are shipped to the blade with OAM server functionality first throug the IP network and then to other blades via the internal IP subnet during installation......... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-9 255-400-022R9..<version>.................. ALGPV2..... The layout specification of the zip file........................zip) which contains the driver for the AMC SS7 card..........xml .......................................... and scripts needed to complete the installation.......................... ALGPV2 installation files and scripts The installation zip file contains the packages......zip which is used for the AMC SS7 card Software installation tools on the blade with OAM server functionality are used to install the proper application software package on the application service hosts...zip – ALGPV2APP..tar....................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........X..... ALGPv2 has two packages.........zip.... ALGPV2.............zip which is used for both ACCM and ADCM AMCSS7pkg......zz............ There is a separate package (AMCSS7pkg...................................sh bin/zip_installer bin/patch_setup • • bin/sw_version xml/data....................

........... files and scripts contained in the ALGPv2 zip file............ Table 1-2 Installation packages.........sh..........sh Used to set up and install the ALGPv2 software..........X Issue 12 July 2015 ......... and scripts Package/file/script name Description ALGPV2APPpkg.... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 1-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................. It unzips and installs the AMC SS7 card software................................................. zipinstall..................................sh A script used to unzip ALGPv2 applications onto ACCM/ADCM blades..................xml Feeds the map_loader................................ Note: ALGPPV2APPpkg....................... files.........sh are executed in the ALGPv2 blades... Refer to the Software Release Notes for information on the software version to be installed and for the location of the software load... whereas. ................. and uprev...... For example............ The following table briefly describes the packages. zip_install is executed on the blades with OAM server functionality............ SS7 card driver is tightly coupled to Linux kernel of LCP platform base software........ on the blade with OAM server functionality to unzip the installation file to the correct directory on the management interface............................................ zip_installer Invoked by the LCP script............................... data.................... LCP needs to collect information from ALGPv2 so that it knows how to manage the service type for ACCM/ADCM....... Firmware and software versions ALGPv2 and LCP ALGPv2 and LCP platform base software versions must match since some ALGPv2 applications are tightly coupled with services provided by the LCP platform base software. AMCss7pkg...X........sh A script used to install the AMC SS7 package.... AMCSS7pkg....System requirements Installing the MGC-8 software ................. uprev.............................sh..... The retrieval of the software takes several hours and should be done as far in advance as possible.....

..................... ....................... The output is a set of scripts that create the system configuration........ Configuration.......................................................... administration....................... administer..... and maintenance Graphical user interfaces The following graphical user interface programs are used to configure......................................... these scripts are referred to as the SCDT scripts............ and maintain the system: • The Field Install Graphical User Interface (FI GUI) is used to configure the system.......................................... administration.........................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ......... • The Maintenance Interface GUI (MIGUI) is used to administer the system. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 1-11 255-400-022R9...................................................... The tools referred to in these scripts are commonly called the System Configuration Data Tools (SCDT)................... and maintenance ..... Throughout this document.System requirements Configuration...........X.................................................................................

.................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 1-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........................................................................................................System requirements Configuration......................... administration............................................................................................................................................................ ......X..............................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .................. and maintenance ........

............................................. the field install GUI is no longer used during the guest portion of the field install............................................................. Double click on the guest worksheet icon to obtain the guest worksheet...............2 System configuration 2 Overview Purpose As of the current LCP version for this release..................X............................... Contents Prerequisite procedure 2-2 ....................... The guest configuration worksheet will be used as input to an offline validation tool that is accessed through a web browser........ This chapter must be completed in the beginning of Field Install............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-1 255-400-022R9..................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...

...........xls using the command fidata_retrieve (on host MI)..... Prerequisite procedure Procedure Complete the following prerequisite procedure..................X.................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..... 2 Check the worksheet.............. The output of fidata_retrieve is a worksheet that can be saved to the laptop and modified accordingly.............................................. you can get one worksheet file named field_config_data...lucent........................................................................................................................ After the guest worksheet is completed....................... <qd15-s00c02h0:root>/root: # fidata_retrieve Retrieving "Basic Information" ..........................complete --<qd15-s00c01h0:root>/root: #1s field_config_data............................html) to generate an SCDT metadata zip file......................ih.................com/~umtsbld/cgi-bin/offline_validate................................System configuration Prerequisite procedure ....................................... ............................ ....................... 1 Get the worksheet............................... ............................................................................................................................................................................. open a browser and proceed to the url (http://lssweb2..............................xls Note: The template for the worksheet is also available in QDI 56763................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 2-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........................... See below: .......................................... and instructions on filling out the guest work sheet can be found in guest worksheet in the Usage Sheet........................... IPv4 Static Routes Information: IPv6 Static Routes Information --..................... If the lab is in work state...............

..................................... Click Start Validation Process..................................................................................................................................................System configuration Prerequisite procedure .................... ........................................................ Enter the load to be installed................................. an offline validation zip file will be created....................................................................... If there are no errors.... modify the worksheet and run the offline validation tool again........................................... 3 Click browse and select the guest worksheet from the laptop.....................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........... Enter the release that needs to be installed.............................................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 2-3 255-400-022R9.......X................................................................................................ In case of an error(s).................. .....................................

............................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 2-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S ...........X Issue 12 July 2015 ........................................................System configuration Prerequisite procedure .. E....................................................................................................X................. Once the offline validate has succeeded.......................................... save the zip file on your laptop................................................................................................................... but you must maintain the “_olv................................................................................................. You can name the zip file as you like..................zip”.....................................................

....... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-1 255-400-022R9........................................ Contents Mandatory prerequisite procedures 3-1 Prepare the flashdrive 3-3 Gather the system configuration information 3-6 Complete the configuration worksheets 3-7 Configure the laptop 3-11 Power on the shelf 3-15 What’s next? 3-15 Mandatory prerequisite procedures Before you begin Note: All of the procedures in this chapter must be completed prior to proceeding with the installation.... ......................................X.....................................................................................................................3 3repare for the LCP P installation Overview Purpose This chapter describes the mandatory prerequisite procedures that must be completed prior to installing the LCP software.............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .............

.............. You have obtained the hardware defined in the section "MGC-8 hardware requirements (not shipped with the system)" in Chapter 1........................ Verify the following: 1......................X........... If you have not already downloaded the software................. You have compared the md5sum digest to verify the files match what you downloaded from ALED.... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 3-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................. refer to the Release Notes for the location of the software and instructions for retrieving the load. Note: The retrieval of the software takes several hours and should be done as far in advance as possible....................................... 3.............................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................... ............................................................................................................................. You have retrieved the software load to be installed in the system and placed it on the laptop computer.................. The load should be located in ALED............Prepare for the LCP installation Mandatory prerequisite procedures ....................................................... 2..............

........... Important! Be sure to save the contents of your USB drive elsewhere prior to running this procedure.............................................................. 7 Find the Boot_Image....................................................................................................................... click the link Downloads: Electronic Delivery under this tab.............................................................. Procedure .......................... select LCP.................... 1 In your web browser type the url (https://support.................do)..... 8 Save the file to a directory on your PC.......... Note: Refer to the MGC-8 system release notes 255–400–006) for the LCP release number.............................................................com/portal/olcsHome...... Prepare the flashdrive Hardware requirements • • One USB bootable flashdrive with at least 1GB capacity....................xx.................................. .......................................................................................................................................................................xx............ Laptop computer running Windows with an available USB port............................ ..............X.................................................. select the LCP version for this release............................................................................................. 2 Log in and on the left..................................alcatel-lucent...........iso to download (where Rxx is the LCP version for this release)........... This procedure will erase the current contents of your USB drive.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 From the Please select a Downloadable drop-down...... ..........................................................................................Rxx......... 3 With the MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller) selected............................................................................................................................................................ under the Technical Content for tab...................xx.............................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...................................................... ..............................................LSS...................... ...................................... 6 Click Next......... select the MGC-8 (Media Gateway Controller) product............ .........................................Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive .............................. .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ......................................................................LCP.................. 4 From the Please navigate through the hierarchy to download drop-down........................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-3 255-400-022R9......................................................................

..........................................................................................ih.. 10 Go to (http://ihgpweb............ 9 If you already have the USB image tool on your PC....................................................... 14 Double-click on the USB Image Tool...................................................................................... Click Start > Settings > Control Panel....Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive .... ............................................. 16 Click on the drop down menu in the upper left corner and select Device Mode...................................................................................................... ........................................... The File Download screen appears................................................................ Note: This step erases the previous contents of your USB drive..................................................... .................... .......................................xx............................................................... Ensure to save the contents before proceeding! If asked to restore contents.................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................... ......................X...........................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................lucent........................................................................LCP..............................exe file and click Run........................................................................................ 12 Click Save and save the file to the desktop.......................................................................................... .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................zip and extract its contents to a folder.................................. then proceed to Step 13................................ 20 Remove and re-insert the USB drive....................................................................................................xx.................. 13 Double-click on usbit................................LSS...................................... 15 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on your laptop.................................................................................... 11 Double-click on the usbit................. The screen shows the USB drive that you inserted........................................................................................................................... ..... ................ .............................................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 3-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................................................................... 17 Click on the device and the Restore button should now be accessible............................................................................. answer Yes.................................................................................................................xx................................. ........ .......................... ..............................................................................................com/~umtsbld/cgi-bin/).......................................... ......................................................................... 18 Click Restore and select the Boot_Image................................................................................................................................................zip link........... 19 Use the Safely Remove Hardware tool to stop the USB flash drive............................. else continue..iso (where Rxx is the LCP version for this release).............. 21 To verify the procedure: a...........Rxx.....................................................................

.............. Verify that there is one healthy section (here the size is the same as Boot_Image.................xx..........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...........................................LSS.............................................................................................................................. f.............LCP...................................... 22 Use the Safely Remove Hardware tool to stop the USB flashdrive before removing it................ They should look similar to the following display: g........xx....... Right-click on Administrative Tools and click Open.............................................Prepare for the LCP installation Prepare the flashdrive ............... Double-click on Disk Management................X.Rxx................. Right-click on Computer Management and click Open..................... c........... b.................... ............. Look at the partitions of the USB drive......... Click on the ‘+’ to the left of Storage (maybe expanded already)................................................................................... ..........................................................................iso'size ).... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-5 255-400-022R9........... e.................... d..........xx............

Prepare for the LCP installation

Prepare the flashdrive

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: To re-format the USB drive back to its original windows environment after the
installation is complete, refer to “Reformatting the usb drive back to “windows XP
environment”” (p. 10-4) in Chapter 10, “Final activities”.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

Gather the system configuration information
Record the information

Work with the customer to obtain and assemble the following information based on the
customer's specifications:

A list of services to be configured in their respective slot location.
The number of external subnets to be used, along with their subnet value and range.
For external subnets, the size depends on the elements in the subnet.

The IP address(es) of the customer's device(s) and the IP value(s) to be assigned to the
Alcatel-Lucent switch that the customer’s device(s) will recognize.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
3-6
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

Prepare for the LCP installation

Complete the configuration worksheets

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Complete the configuration worksheets
Introduction

The configuration worksheets are located in Appendix B. Note that the instructions
provided in this section are specific to installing the LCP software onto the MGC-8
system.
Important! You are not allowed to have two gateways on the same subnet in LCP
version R27 and higher. This was allowed in earlier versions, but after an upgrade to
9.X.X. and greater, it is no longer allowed. If you want to use different gateways, use
different subnets.
Complete worksheet 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1

Print out and complete Worksheet 1, which is located in Appendix B, in the following
steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2

Ensure that the blades with OAM server functionality are located in shelf number 0, slot
numbers 1 and 2.
The non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8 uses MI and CNFG services.
The co-host MGC-8 uses MI, CNFG and ACCM services
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3

Fill in the default IPv4 Gateway (Subnet #) field as 1. The MGC-8 uses one external
subnet for management of the blades with OAM server functionality.
Note:This gateway is for the OAM blades. The MGC-8 uses an ACCM/ADCM default
gateway configured using the TL1 command ED-ATCA-CHASSIS. Refer to the Rapport
MGC-8 ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide, 255-400-002 for more information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4

Select the disk partition for the diskfull hosts from the following choices. Choose the
300G disk.

lcp_base_147G for the 147G disks.
lcp_base_300G for the 300G disks


storage_90_147G for the 147G disks that certain applications have requested.
storage_175_300G for the 300G disks that certain applications have requested

E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
3-7
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Prepare for the LCP installation

Complete the configuration worksheets

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Complete worksheet 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1

Print out and complete Worksheet 2, located in Appendix B.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2

Determine and fill in a name for the System Name. The System Name is a string with a
maximum length of 40 characters consisting of alphanumeric characters, dashes,
underscores, and spaces; for example, Westford_ATCA_02.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3

Select 5060_MGC for Application(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4

Determine and fill in the System Prefix. The prefix name is a string having the value of up
to five (5) lowercase alphanumerical characters with the first character being an
alphabetical character; for example, atca2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5

Fill in the Internal Subnet as the default value of 169.254.0.0.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6

Determine the Time Zone for the location where the switch will be physically located. If
the system is being staged at a location other than the actual customer location, remember
to use the time zone that corresponds to the customer location. UTC is recommended for
the time zone.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7

Define one Externally Routable IPv4 Subnet by filling in the subnet name, subnet, and
netmask for one Externally Routable Subnet according to the following guidelines:

The subnet name is a string of up to 16 alphanumerical characters, underscores,
dashes and spaces with the first character being an alphanumerical character.

Determine the value for the gateway and the ports to be used in the hub for each
external subnet. The gateway refers to the destination IP address on the customer
equipment.
Place each external subnet on separate pairs of transport interfaces or place all the
external subnets on one pair of transport interfaces, or something in between. Fields
are provided for four external subnets.
Example:
mgmt, 152.148.184.0, 255,255,252,0, 1, Both Transport Rear
Interface -0.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
3-8
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

Prepare for the LCP installation

Complete the configuration worksheets

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Note: See Worksheet 2 in Appendix B for a listing of the valid ports. The first three
interfaces (indicated below) are reserved ports. Consequently, they are not listed in
the configuration worksheet.

Front Interface “2”: reserved for the APDU
Front Interface “3”: reserved for port mirroring


Rear Interface “7”: reserved for port mirroring
Rear Interface “12”: reserved in ROETHAA rtm for port mirroring

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8

Note: The Hub SOL and SSH IP addresses cannot be in the internal subnet; but they
do not have to be in different external subnets. One recommendation is to have a
“secured” OAM subnet for them.
Both SOL and SSH IP configuration is optional.
Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 SOL IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9

Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 SSH IP address, netmask, and gateway.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

10

Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 SOL IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

11

Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 SSH IP address, netmask, and gateway.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

12

Determine and fill in the NTP Server IPs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

13

Leave the Solution Domain blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

14

Leave the Local Zone/LCP Domain blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

15

Leave the ENUM Domain blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16

Leave the IPv4 address of the external DNS servers blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

17

Leave the IPv4 IP address of the external ENUM server blank.

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
3-9
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

......................................................................... .......................................................... Whenever using default or NotConfigured value............................. Use the external management IPv4 subnet (Subnet #1) for CNFG and MI........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 18 Leave the IPv4 static routes field (needed for different services) and the external subnet (to be used as the gateway) blank regardless of co-host or non-co-host............................... 3 Provide the appropriate IP address ...............................................................Prepare for the LCP installation Complete the configuration worksheets ....... 2 Use the default NI type for both CNFG and MI.............................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 3-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................................. N D O F S T E P S Complete worksheet 3A ................................................................................................................................................................................. ............. * Fill in the floating IP and each member’s fixed IP for MI.. leave the IP Address column blank....X..................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .......................................................................................... For each network interface (NI) type..................................................... E.......... fill in the external subnet number...................................................... which is located in Appendix B.............. N D O F S T E P S ....................... 1 Print out and complete Worksheet 3A........................................................................................... * Fill in the floating IP for CNFG........................... E...............

.......................................... The user must have “Administrator” privilege access to the laptop....................0............. Verify that you have also obtained the following two temporary cables (defined as requirements in Chapter 1): • • Male db-9 to USB serial cable (this cable is not needed if your laptop already has a db-9 port)........... ............. 1 Load the appropriate drivers for the USB to male db-9 cable to the laptop and cable the system........................................................................................ while the mini-USB end connects to the faceplate...................................................................................................................................... The pc/laptop/LMT Ethernet interface must have a temporary IP and netmask of 169........................................ Cable the laptop . Cat-5 ethernet cable The installation procedure indicates where and when the temporary cables are used and how to connect them..........................127.......................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-11 255-400-022R9............0) for communication to the system............................................... Unplug all of the 1Gb ethernet cables that are connected to the blades................. Configure the laptop Before you begin You will complete the following sections to configure the laptop computer to be used for the software installation procedure....... It cannot run on battery power alone.............. .......... 3 Note: It is advisable to label the cables and note the cable-port information before disconnecting the cables.........2/16 (255.................... Cabling requirements The system includes a mini-USB to female db-9 cable........................................... The laptop must have services that enable it to ping and ftp to external entities......... There may be connections to RTM ports and to front face-plate connections.......... .................254..........................................................Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop ................................................................. 2 Connect the USB-to-male db-9 cable to the mini-USB-to-female db-9 cable............. Laptop requirements The laptop computer must meet the following requirements: • • • • The laptop must be electrically plugged into a wall socket (AC power supply)...........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ....................................................................................................................................X.................................................................255.. The USB end connects to the laptop...........

.............................................................X..................................................................... Complete the following steps to determine which port was configured ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop ........................................................................................................................................................................................... are on Hub front panel module....................................................... it will be COM1........ N D O F S T E P S Determine the serial port configured on the laptop Loading the USB-to-male db-9 cable drivers on the laptop automatically configures a port........................................................................................................ and a port associated with it.... 4 The inter-shelf cables (where applicable) are 10Gb and need to remain connected................................... E.......... If connecting the mini-USB-to-female db-9 cable............................................................ 2 Type in any name and click on OK from the Connection Description window.................. or plug in the mini-USB-to-female db-9 cable.......................................................................................................................................... COM4................................ E....................................... ....................................................................................................................... ..... ............................................................ ......................................................... 4 Click on the “+” to the left of Ports (COM & LPT) in the Device Manager window............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Make a note of the port used as it will be used in the following subsection.......................................... For example..........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................... ................................... ............................................... 3 Select the Hardware tab from the System Properties window and click on Device Manager.................................. 1 Click on Start > Settings > Control Panel...................... 1 Click Start > Programs > Accessories > Communications > HyperTerminal.................................................................................................................. 5 Plug in the USB-to-male db-9 cable. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 3-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....................... 2 Right click on System and click Open...... .................................................................................................................................................................. N D O F S T E P S Configuring the laptop for a serial connection running Windows XP The following steps provide an example of how to configure the laptop for a serial connection running Windows XP............... UPL0 and UPL1........................................... An entry appears with the words USB-to-Serial........................................ The connectors............................................................................................ ...............................................................................

..................................................................................... E...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...... Flow control: None ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 Complete the following fields as indicated below: a..................................................... 3 Select (from the dropdown list) the serial com port that you determined in the previous section (COM1 if the laptop has a db-9 port) from the Connect window....................................................... Note: Configure the laptop IP address using the following subsection that matches your PC’s operating system (Windows 2000 or Windows XP)................................. E............................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-13 255-400-022R9............................................ Parity: None d............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ...... ..........................from File.................................... ................................................................................................................. 6 Click on OK............................................................................................ regardless of the internal network to be used in the system........................................ Bits per second: 115200 b...Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop ................................ ......................... select Save As .................................................. 8 Enter a file name and click on Save.................. Stop bits: 1 e........................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................... N D O F S T E P S Configuring the laptop IP address for systems running Windows 2000 ................................................................................................X................................................................................................................................................................. ..................... 4 Click on OK.................................................................................................................................... 7 Save the file............ 1 Click Start > Settings > Network and Dial-up Connections....... Data bits: 8 c.......... 1 Configure the laptop with the IP address as indicated.................................... N D O F S T E P S Configuring the laptop for an ethernet connection ................................

............ 6 Click on OK to accept the field entries................................... 3 On the Local Area Connection Properties window............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ E....................................................................................................................................... click on Use the following IP address button................ click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties........................................ ................................255............................................................................ .......................................................................... 5 Complete the following fields as indicated below: ............................................ ............................................................................................................................................................ 4 On the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window....................................................................................................................................................2 Subnet mask: 255..................................................... 4 Click on Use the following IP address button...................0 Default Gateway: leave blank .... ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) and then click on Properties.............................................................................................................................................. ......... 2 Right click on Local Area Connection and then click on Properties.........................................254....................... ....................... 7 Click on OK from the Internet Protocol Properties window. N D O F S T E P S Configuring the laptop IP address for systems running Windows XP ...................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................... ............................................................................... ..................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 3-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................................................................................................... right click on Local Area Connection and then click on Properties......................................................................................................................... 2 On the Network Connections window..................................................................................................................................................... 1 Click Start > Settings > Network Connections................................................................................127..........................................................................0....... 5 Complete the following fields as indicated below: IP address: 169................X.............. ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop ..................................

.................................................. ...............................................0........0 Default Gateway: leave blank ........................................................... N D O F S T E P S Power on the shelf Begin the installation Verify that all of the necessary blades are installed in the shelf and that the shelf is powered on.. “Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality”to continue............................................................................... “Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality” for instructions on how to configure the Shelf Manager Cards (ShMCs) and jumpstart OAM Server A............................................255......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 3-15 255-400-022R9........................127.................................................................... click on OK........................254.......... “Final activities”. E..................................... proceed to Chapter 4............ 7 On the Internet Protocol Properties window......... You are now ready to begin the installation process..................................................................................................... proceed to Chapter 4. IP address: 169......... 6 Click on OK to accept the field entries................................X................................................................................ Note: Do not connect the system to the customer network until directed to do so in Chapter 10................ ............................2 Subnet mask: 255...................................................................... What’s next? Proceed to the next chapter Now that the preparation procedures are complete..................Prepare for the LCP installation Configure the laptop ...................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 3-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........ ....................Prepare for the LCP installation What’s next? ........................................................................................................................................X.......................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................................................................................................................

........... Note: Once you initiate the procedures in this chapter...... Important! DO NOT CONNECT the system to the customer network until directed to do so in Chapter 10....................... “Final activities”....... Contents Introduction 4-1 Field re-installed software 4-3 ShMC IP configuration 4-4 Hub IP configuration procedure 4-5 Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality 4-6 What’s next? 4-10 Introduction Initial configuration The procedures in this chapter take approximately 10-20 minutes to execute........... .......................................... “Load transfer and pre-installation” prior to reaching a safe break point in the installation process..............................................4 4 onfigure ShMCs and C jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Overview Purpose This chapter provides instructions for configuring the Shelf Manager Cards (ShMCs) and for jumpstarting the blade with OAM server A functionality.............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-1 255-400-022R9..........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......... you must also complete the procedures in Chapter 5......X...................................................

..................... Software Release Notes associated with the load...........X..0).........................................255....... isolate the system................................. The load to be installed (downloaded as a zip file on the laptop)........254................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................. You will need the following to complete these procedures: • • • • The USB flash drive...0/16 (255..................... Ensure that the application specific documents are available for reference................................... Access to the internal subnet that will be configured for this system........Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Introduction .............................. The default is 169............... Label and disconnect any ethernet cables that are connected to the system......................................... Before you begin Before you begin......... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 4-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......................................................................0........... .........................0.....................................

......................................... 3 Login as root........ 5 If there are no issues......... the following message displays: prepReFieldInstall executed successfully E........................................................................................................................................................ N D O F S T E P S ............................................................................................................. If this is the first field installation performed on the switch...........................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-3 255-400-022R9............................... Procedure Complete the following steps to re-install the LCP software: ... 1 Verify that the shelf 0 top ShMC is active....................................................................................Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Field re-installed software ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Log into the ShMC and run the following command................................. skip this section and proceed directly to the “ShMC IP configuration” (p........................................................... 4 Set up the system for re-Field Install (you can ignore errors if there are any) as follows: /opt/LSS/share/basecfg/factory/bin/prepReFieldInstall ........................................... slot 1 blade).................................................... 2 Insert the serial cable between the laptop and the CP port of the blade with OAM server A functionality (shelf 0................... clia shmstatus ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Field re-installed software Important! This section is for a field re-install only..................X........... 4-4)................................................................................................................................................................ .................................................................................................................................................................... .......................

..................0.................... type the following: ifconfig eth0:8 169......................................... You have completed this procedure...32......................X Issue 12 July 2015 ........ 2 Log into the shelf (top ShMC) as root................................................ ....................................... clia shmstatus If the top ShMC is not active............................................................ clia switchover ........... YES STOP.............................................240.....241 netmask 255......... type the following: ping -c 2 169.....................................Y> in the following command with your choice: ifconfig eth0:8 <X... If you are NOT using the default internal subnet..............254.......................................................................................... If you did not use the default internal subnet...0.............................240.. THEN ...................................254...............254.. 1 Connect the serial cable on the shelf (top ShMC) to the RS port................ If you are using the default internal subnet of 169........... ......... ...........................................................X........0............................................................................... 4 Is this a reinstallation without a subnet change? IF ................................ NO Continue to the next step................................................................................................................................................. 6 Verify that the procedure completed successfully as follows: a............................................................................................255........................... 5 Manually configure the shelf (top ShMC) IP address as follows: a.. ......................Y>...................241 b.................. ...... 3 Verify that the ShMC you logged into is active........................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 4-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......0 b............................................................. If you used the default internal subnet of 169..........................................32.................................................................... type the following: ..Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ShMC IP configuration ........................................0 ......................................................................................32............... .0...........................................241 netmask 255.... run the following command....... ShMC IP configuration Procedure Complete the following steps to configure the IP address for the ShMC ..................... ................255.................. replace <X.........................................254.......

................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-5 255-400-022R9............ ping -c 2 <X..........Y>............................................................................................................X............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .......................................................241 E..................................................32.....................................Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ShMC IP configuration .............................. N D O F S T E P S Hub IP configuration procedure Automatic retrieval Hubs automatically retrieve their IP addresses from the blade with OAM server A functionality..................................................................

................................................. 1 Verify that you are still connected to the ShMC serial window.................. ................................. ........................................................................................................................................................................navy.... 1 Verify that the serial cable is connected to blade 1............................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Once the blade has been rebooted (Step 4 of the previous procedure)..................... 2 Determine the current time in UTC as follows: Go to https://tycho..............html ....................................................................................................................... reboot the slot 1 blade so that it recognizes the USB flash drive as follows: ................................................................................ Prepare the shelf........................................................................................................................... .........X......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................mil/simpletime......................................... ...............................................................................................................................................................................usno.................. clia boardreset 1 ...................................................Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ......................................................................................................................................................................... The following prompt appears: .................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................... Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Note: Complete the following steps to jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality......... 5 Move the serial cable from the ShMC to the CP port of the blade with OAM server A functionality................................................................. It has one disk................................................................ first blade (slot 1) for jumpstart ................ E.................................................................................... 2 Verify that the shelf (slot 1 blade) is a diskfull blade by checking for the following: • • It has a FM016JB or a FM016JP label..................................................................... login as root (no password needed)......... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 4-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....................... N D O F S T E P S Procedure to jumpstart .................................... 3 Insert the USB flash drive into the USB port of the blade with OAM server A functionality (slot 1 blade)........................................................................................................................ 4 From the ShMC window........................................................................................................

..........................0 Note: Do not select accm or adcm service although they are shown in the selection list..0............ If you used the default internal subnet of 169..................................................................... Jan 8 2010 12:08:08 UTC” (replace the data within quotes with the actual date and time where the system will be physically located)...............................................................................................................Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality .........................X.......................................0....................... <fctry-s15c01h0:JUMPSTART ENVIRONMENT (USB)>/root: Set the date and time in UTC as shown in the following example: date -s “Fri..............0 Hardware Clock updated to Fri Jan 4 08:39:46 UTC 2013.......................... If you did NOT use the default internal subnet.............................. ..... replace <X...............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...............................Y>.................. You will go to the growth procedures later in Chapter 9....................................................................0........... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-7 255-400-022R9............. Figure 4-1 Response example <fctry-s15c01h0:JUMPSTART ENVIRONMENT (USB)>/root: > jumpstart Starting jumpstart of fctry-s15c01h0 at Fri Jan 4 08:39:44 UTC 2013 Version=5... Choose the applications for this office: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 0000 N4E Standalone MGC-8/VSG-5025 5060 IP Call Server 5420 Converged Telephony Server 5420 Service Continuity Gateway 5450 IP Resource Controller 5450 IP Session Controller 9290 MMSI 9380 WCS 9471 MME 9471 SGSN ....................Y> with your choice and type the following: jumpstart --network <X.........254.......... “Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades”........... type the following: jumpstart b........................................................................ 4 Jumpstart as follows: a.........

...................................................................................... you will select accm..................................................................................... cnfg and mi...... Choose the services for this slot: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) accm adcm cnfg gjs gos mi 98) Start over 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 1 Choose the services for this slot: *1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 98) accm adcm cnfg gjs gos mi Start over ........................Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ... For services of the stand alone MGC-8.......................X Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 4-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................................................................... you will select cnfg and mi..X......... 98) Start over 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 2 Choose the applications for this office: 1) *2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 0000 N4E Standalone MGC-8/VSG-5025 5060 IP Call Server 5420 Converged Telephony Server 5420 Service Continuity Gateway 5450 IP Resource Controller 5450 IP Session Controller 9290 MMSI 9380 WCS 9471 MME 9471 SGSN 98) Start over 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 99 Note: For services of the co-host MGC-8............................

..............Default LCP Scheme for 300GB disk storage_175_300G ............................................X........Default LCP Scheme for 300GB disk 3) indapp_20_300G ........................Default LCP Scheme for 147GB disk LCP_base_300G .....20GB indapp scheme for 300GB disk 4) storage_175_300G ................................... 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 3 Choose the services for this slot: *1) 2) *3) 4) 5) 6) accm adcm cnfg gjs gos mi 98) Start over 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 6 Choose the services for this slot: *1) 2) *3) 4) 5) *6) accm adcm cnfg gjs gos mi 98) Start over 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 99 Choose one disk scheme 1) 2) LCP_base_147G ..............Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality ...................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 4-9 255-400-022R9................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................175GB storage scheme for 300GB disk 98) Start over 99) Finished selecting values Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 2 Choose one disk scheme 1) 2) 98) 99) LCP_base_300G ......................................................................................................175GB storage scheme for 300GB disk Start over Finished selecting values .........................................

.................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S What’s next? Load transfer Now that you have completed all of the procedures in this chapter.................................. ...................... 5 Once the blade is successfully jumpstarted.........X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................... proceed to Chapter 5..........................................................................................Configure ShMCs and jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality Jumpstart the blade with OAM server A functionality .............. “Load transfer and pre-installation” and complete the load transfer and pre-installation procedure prior to reaching a safe break point in the process........................ Enter the number to select a value ('*' denotes selected entries): 99 Starting disk preparation using disk scheme 'LCP_base_300G' Started........................................................................................................................................................................................... The following prompt displays............................................................ ........................................ login as root/newsys.................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 4-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.. <fctry-s15c01h0:root>/root: E..........X.....................................................................................................................................

......................................................................X............... Contents Introduction 5-1 Load transfer and field installation procedure 5-2 Introduction Complete all prior procedures Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter.................... The following procedure takes approximately 10-20 minutes to execute................. make sure that you have read and completed all of the necessary procedures in the chapters leading up to this one....................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-1 255-400-022R9...................5 5oad transfer and L pre-installation Overview Purpose This chapter provides instructions for completing the load transfer and pre-installation procedure.......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ....................... It is important that the installation process is completed in the proper sequence............. ............

............................................127...........................X........................X................................X......................X........ the port should be ge4........X...................1 ............... you should still be connected to the OAM Server A serial window..............................................................LCPXX................................... 6 Execute the following script..................... 2 Connect an Ethernet cable to the laptop and to port ge0 on the blade in slot 1 with OAM server A functionality (FM016JB/FM016JP).............................................................................. which is found in the /usb directory: ........................................... 3 From OAM Server A........................................................254................ATCA................zip> bye ...XX.................................................................................................................................... 4 From the laptop............................. .................Load transfer and pre-installation Load transfer and field installation procedure ..................................................... FTP the zip file into the system........................ 5 You will now return to the OAM Server A serial window....................................XX....254....... As root.............................................XX... FTP the zip file to /data0 on the OAM Server A.................................................................... Load transfer and field installation procedure Procedure Note: Slot 1 and 2 blades are configured as OAM servers................... .....9.............................. Complete the following steps to execute the load transfer and pre-installation procedure: ........... 1 Verify that the load zip file is on the laptop...................................... verify IP connectivity to the laptop as follows: ping -c2 169...........................1 root newsys cd /data0 bin hash mput <ATCA...zip> mput <XX_olv............................................................................................................................................................................ ..............................................X..........127............................. ftp -i 169..... If OAM server was an NBRZAL.............................. At this point..................................................................................................................X.........................zip> mput <ALGPV2...........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 5-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..........................................................................

.................... lcp_starter executed successfully....... See Table 1–1...................................................... 8 Verify that the ShMC you logged into is active....................0 -................................ You must check status and switch over if required ....................................... ***Executing: find_shmc_ip() ..............X........................ run the following command......... .. Note: If an error occurs during field install......................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Ensure to remove the USB flash driver from the blade with OAM server A functionality (slot 1 blade) prior to performing the next step.................................. You are prompted to enter the ShMC password and Hub password.................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 5-3 255-400-022R9............................... clia switchover ................................................................................ prepOSA will fail........................................................................................................................................... 7 Connect the serial cable on the shelf (top ShMC) to the RS port........................ 10 Prepare OAM Server A and begin the final field install script........................... Log into the shelf (top ShMC) as root..................... Login and Passwords to obtain the appropriate password..................03 Jan..... you can use command /data0/fi --action resume to rectify the error..........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................. /usb/lcp_starter The following message will appear: <fctry-s15c01h0:root>/root: > /usb/lcp_starter ***** Running lcp_starter at ***** Mon Jan 14 14:22:584 UTC 2013 .......................... /data0/fi -n 1 The following is an output example: <fctry-s15c01h0:root>/data0 >/data0/fi -n 1 ***Executing: cat /usb/usb_version cat /usb/usb_version CP8................................................................................................ clia shmstatus If the top ShMC is not active.................................................... Mon Jan 14 14:22:58 UTC 2013 ............................................................................................ Note: If the top shmc status is not active..................................................................... 2013...................Load transfer and pre-installation Load transfer and field installation procedure ...........................................................

.............................. N D O F S T E P S ...........................X......................................................................................... ........................zip" fi has been completed successfully! E.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 5-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......................................... Example: 14-11-04 10:55:05 :[fi_enable]: Command executed successfully! ***Executing: do_cleanup(install_lib....................................................................................... ***Executing: redefine_shmc_ip() ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................zip" remote_shell root qd25-s00c02h0 "rm -rf /data0/*_LCP_*........ 12 Re-enter the SHMC password (it will assume the same for all SHMC)..........................................................Load transfer and pre-installation Load transfer and field installation procedure ............................................................................................................... 11 Enter the SHMC password (it will assume the same for all SHMC)..local_boot_host_list) ssh qd25-s00c02h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c05h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c06h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c09h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c10h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c11h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c12h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ssh qd25-s00c01h0 rm -rf /var/tmp/suinstall ***Executing: update_status("fi_completed") remote_shell root qd25-s00c02h0 "rm -rf /data0/ATCA*........X Issue 12 July 2015 .........................................................................................

............................................ Contents Introduction 6-1 Prerequisite procedure 6-2 Verify the system configuration 6-3 What’s next? 6-4 Introduction Configuration prerequisite Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter...................X...... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-1 255-400-022R9................................................................ It is important that the installation process is completed in the proper sequence.... make sure that you have read and completed all of the procedures in the chapters leading up to this one..............................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............ .70 minutes to execute.........6 6 onfigure blade with OAM C server A functionality Overview Purpose This chapter provides instructions to configure the blade with OAM server A functionality...... The procedures in this chapter take approximately 30 .........................................

............X Issue 12 July 2015 ............... 1 Verify that you are still connected to the serial window of the blade with OAM server A functionality........................................................................................................................Configure blade with OAM server A functionality Prerequisite procedure ......................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 6-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....................................................................... 2 Refer to Table 1-1...................................................................................................... E........................................ N D O F S T E P S ................................................................................................................... “Login and passwords” (p.... .......................................... ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X............ 1-4) to obtain the password for the blade (OAMSA)................................................................................ Prerequisite procedure Procedure Complete the following prerequisite procedures.................................................

........................................... netconf_adm --action show_port_speed snmpconf_adm --action show_community hwconf_adm --action show_card_instance hwconf_adm --action show_disk_scheme dhcpconf_adm --action show_mac_address tzconf_adm --action show_timezone dnsconf_adm --action show_remote_server dnsconf_adm --action show_local_domain shmcconf_adm --action show_sol_address4 ........................................................................................................................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 6-3 255-400-022R9.....X...................................................................... 1 Use the following commands to verify the configuration...........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................... <card_num> is the card number.............. <host_num> is the host number.............................Configure blade with OAM server A functionality Verify the system configuration .................... ..................................................................................... applconf_adm --action show_appl net4conf_adm --action show_ip_address net4conf_adm --action show_internal_subnet net4conf_adm --action show_external_subnet net4conf_adm --action show_external_offset --subnetnum <num> (where <num> corresponds to an external subnet id from the previous command) net4conf_adm --action show_external_transport net4conf_adm --action show_subnet_gateway net4conf_adm --action show_service_route net4conf_adm --action show_service_address net4conf_adm --action show_service_gateway svcconf_adm --action show_host net4conf_adm --action show_iface_data --shelfnum <shelf_num> -cardnum <card_num> --hostnum <host_num> --subnetnum <subnet_num> where <shelf_num> is the shelf number............................................................................................. and <subnet_num> corresponds to an external IPv4 subnet id...... Verify the system configuration Procedure Complete the following steps to verify that the system configuration matches the information in the Configuration Worksheets.................................................................

............... N D O F S T E P S What’s next? Load installation and LCP check Once you have confirmed the configuration of the blade with OAM server A functionality as described in this chapter....................................................... you have reached a safe place in the installation to take a break if desired................................................................................................X.............................................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 6-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................Configure blade with OAM server A functionality Verify the system configuration ................................... continue to the next chapter.. When you are ready to proceed................................................................................................................................................................... DO NOT continue with the installation until the information is corrected.............................................. E.................................................................................. hubconf_adm --action show_ssh_address4 ............................ ....................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 . Please contact the next level of technical support for assistance............................................. 2 If the information retrieved does not match what you have defined in the Configuration Worksheets............................................................................

........................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..................... be sure that you have read and completed all of the procedures defined in the chapters leading up to this one................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-1 255-400-022R9..... ............... Contents Introduction 7-1 Load installation procedure 7-2 Changing hub and ShMC login and password 7-3 LCP check procedure 7-4 Introduction LCP installation sequence Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter..................X......7 7oad installation and LCP L check Overview Purpose This chapter provides the procedures to follow for the load installation and LCP check............ For a successful installation................................. it is important that the LCP installation process is completed in the proper sequence....................................................................

........ ......................................log ....9..................................... hub_adm -a check_all .......................................................................X..................... Procedure Complete the following procedure for the load installation...........ATCA............................. otherwise continue to the next step..................................... enter the following command.................................................. E.................9..............................X............................log.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 255-400-006 • • Chapter 1 Release components for the MGC-8 ALGPV2..... 1.............................. hub_adm -a config_all --enable_sol 2>&1|tee -a /data0/FLD/ hubUPG................................................................................ 4 Refer to the Software Release Notes to verify that the software version matches...................... for the LCP version tested with ALGPV2..........X version Chapter 4 Test results................. .............................................X .. Blade with OAM server A functionality has been successfully jumpstarted.....Load installation and LCP check Load installation procedure ................................................ N D O F S T E P S ......................... (Note: OAM-B jumpstart is merged to aInstall............................X.......... Verify that all blades are powered on........................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .............................X......... Field Install is done now............................................................ 3 Retrieve the software version of the hub cards as follows..................... 2 If the Hub SOL capabilities are going to be utilized........................) 2.................................................................................... 5 Plug the cable into the suitable port on HUB.. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 7-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......180 minutes to execute.............................. For software versions refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA System Software Release Notes..... Note: The following is one command............................................................ Load installation procedure Prerequisites Verify the following...................................ATCA..................................................................................................... There is no space before hubUPG....................................................................... The procedure in this section takes approximately 60 ...............................................................X.......................... 1 Move the serial cable back to the CP port of the blade with OAM server A functionality.............

......................y>................................254 if using the default)................................................... and exit............... change the login and password to root/newsys...............254 by default).................... and exit............. passwd ..................................y=169............................................................................... change the login and password to root/newsys...... 6 Verify that you are now back on blade 1.......241 where x......................... E....y=169......................................................................................... and exit.......................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...............................y>............................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-3 255-400-022R9................... change the login and password to root/newsys...................................................242 where x.......................................... passwd ..............................................X..32..........................................0.................................................................................................................................y=169........ .........................................254 by default)...............Load installation and LCP check Changing hub and ShMC login and password .................. passwd .................. passwd ...............y>........ 4 Log into the first shelf top ShMC (telnet <x................................................ 1 Log into the shelf slot 7 hub (ssh <x..........................128 where x.................................................112 where x...................................y>............................................................................................................................... 5 Log into the first shelf bottom ShMC (telnet <x................................................................................................................... 2 Log into the shelf slot 8 hub (ssh <x............................................................ 3 Verify that you are now back on blade 1.. N D O F S T E P S .............................................................y=169.....254 if using the default)............................................................................................................ change the login and password to root/newsys..........................32......................................... and exit.................................................. ............... Changing hub and ShMC login and password Procedure Complete the following procedure to change the factory-defined hub login and password and the ShMC login and password from root/alatcav2 to the following new login and password: root/newsys.................................0..............................

........................................ 2 Verify the health of the system as follows..................... 1 Verify that RCC and VM are up and running as follows..................................... health --test field_install Everything should be successful.......... This procedure takes approximately 10-15 minutes to execute................................................ > rcc_srv_state Displaying host Host Side cnfg_0 pri mi_0 pri cnfg_0 alt mi_0 alt Displaying host Host Side cnfg_0 pri mi_0 pri cnfg_0 alt mi_0 alt --action display --set ALL rcc status for set all hosts Degrade Status No leadactive-none No leadactive-none No active-none No active-none vm status for set all hosts Degrade Status No active-none No active-none No standby-hot No standby-hot .......... SKIPPING REM STATE TEST BECAUSE OF 'field_install' TEST SPECIFIED ...................................... Output should look similar to the following example....................................................................X................................................................................ SKIPPING CPM TEST BECAUSE OF 'field_install' TEST SPECIFIED ...................................................................................Load installation and LCP check LCP check procedure ......................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 7-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........................................................................................... SKIPPING CONNECTIVITY TEST BECAUSE OF 'field_install' TEST SPECIFIED ..........X Issue 12 July 2015 ........... ................................................ rcc_srv_state --action display --set ALL Output should look similar to the following example......................................... ................................................................................... > health --test field_install Running all applicable tests ................................. LCP check procedure Prerequisites Verify the that you are still connected to the OAM Server A window Important! Please see technical support if any of the commands executed in this section do not show the expected result...................................................................... Procedure Complete the following steps for the LCP check...... The absence of failures indicates a healthy system..................

.................................................................... /var/opt/log/atcaInfo. atcaInfo -2 Output is placed in the following location...................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Take a snapshot of the system as follows................................................................................................ Backup the system by entering the following....................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......................... chk_rsh_ssh completed successfully.................................... chk_lv completed successfully..................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 7-5 255-400-022R9............................................... 4 Note: Refer to the LCP Software Maintenance Guide.......................... chk_db_repl completed successfully.........out Note: Since there is no external connectivity yet.......................... ............... chk_RCC_VMstates VM completed successfully...................Load installation and LCP check LCP check procedure ................ chk_hub completed successfully........................................ chk_rem_sv_bld completed successfully. 270-702-031 for instructions on restoring this base configuration backup should the need arise in the future.................................................. chk_rem_image completed successfully.. .................X.................................................................................. chk_config completed successfully... chk_hostclocks completed successfully..................... ################################################################### Running chk_rsh_ssh to check root access to all hosts via rsh or ssh ......... chk_database completed successfully......... SUMMARY OF ALL HEALTH TESTS: chk_RCC_VMstates RCC completed successfully................................................ chk_diskspace completed successfully...................... log_ips completed successfully..................................................... chk_versions completed successfully............................................. lcp_adm -v -a backup E........ N D O F S T E P S ................. pings to the external boxes and connectivity checks are expected to fail.....

............Load installation and LCP check LCP check procedure .................... ................................................................................................................................X...............................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ......................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 7-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9...................................................................................................................................

.......8 8 rowth and de-growth of G ALGPv2 blades Overview Purpose This chapter provides instructions for growing and degrowing ALGPv2 (AxCM) blades into the chassis.X. For the co-host MGC-8.........................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................... only ADCM blades need to be grown and degrown................. Contents Introduction 8-2 Rules and restrictions 8-2 Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 8-4 Grow in the ADCM blades 8-13 Configure and enable CPM 8-20 Backing up blade configuration 8-21 De-growth procedure 8-23 ........................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-1 255-400-022R9...............................................

.............. the create_ht command is run and the hosts... ACCM growth rules non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 • • The ACCM pair must be grown in first (before the growth of any ADCM blades)....... shelf #.............. Important! For a duplex pair............... If a failure occurs.............. The tool can be restarted once the error is corrected.............................................................. and card #................ Introduction Overview When growing ALGPv2 blades...................................... ADCM blades must be de-grown first. no ACCM de-growth is allowed.... The ACCM blades must be grown in as duplex (for example........... ....................... This file is used by the SIM tools and SIM rules............ The following rules and restrictions apply to the growth/de-growth of ALGPv2 blades........ In a co-host configuration...........X...................... Following is a brief description of the degrow script that is invoked as part of the procedure. such as the service type... An LCP interactive tool.... Rules and restrictions Growth rules In a co-host configuration........... the blades in slots 1 and 2 provide OAM server and ACCM functionality.......dat file is subsequently used by the installation tools to determine the service type of the blade.....X Issue 12 July 2015 ... before ACCM blades............ lcp_hostdegrow script — An LCP interactive tool used to prepare the SIM host file for de-growing (removing) one card pair.......... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.... lcp_hostgrowt is used to collect configuration of cards to be grown in (added)......... pool size = 2) and they must be physically adjacent to one another... Note: The following items are checked by the SIM tool................ the de-growth must be executed for both blades in the pair.... You cannot de-grow a single blade in a pair......dat is updated to add the new ALGPv2 blades.. A description of the hosts.................... allowing time to debug.......................................dat file and the information of the ALGPv2 blades that are being grown in........ De-growth script The de-growth procedure is invoked when you want to remove blades from the system.. the SIM tool will stop............... a copy of hosts...................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Introduction ....... As part of the growth procedure.....dat is created based on the existing hosts.....

........ • ............................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-3 255-400-022R9............... For example...................................................................... ADCM cannot coexist with any other service................... The ADCM service will be the only service configured in the host.......................... An ALGPv2 configuration can have anywhere from zero to four pairs of ADCM blades for non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8........... and from zero to five pairs of ADCM blades for co-host MGC-8......................................................................................................................... ADCM growth rules • • ADCM blades can be grown in duplex pairs (for example (pool size = 2)..... so they can be grown into the following range of slots: 3-6 or 9-14..X.................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........ the ACCM pair can exist in the following range of slots (3-6) or (9-14)....................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Rules and restrictions ................. • • Only one ACCM pair can be grown in on a MGC-8 ATCA chassis............ For the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8.... • ADCM pairs are grown after ACCMs.......................................

......... there is no need to grow ACCM blades......... .......................................... .............................. complete the following steps............................................... Go to “Grow in the ADCM blades” (p.. 5 Confirm the application name has been set by entering the following command to re-generate and install configuration........ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................................. THEN ........... once the LCP software is installed.................. ........................................... 2 Is the application name is set to 5060_MGC? IF ................................ otherwise.... 8-13)....................................... On MI-A (OAM-A........................... .................................................................... applconf_adm --action del_appl --applname <application> ................................................................................................................................................................................................. except for Step 9 which is performed on MI-B (OAM-B............................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................................................... Note: For the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8.. 1 Run the following command to verify that application name is set to 5060_MGC............................................. Set the application name Note: Should you encounter errors during any of the following procedures...................................................................... YES If application is 5060_MGC......... applconf_adm --action add_appl --applname 5060_MGC .............. the standby OAM)............................ applconf_adm --action show_appl ......................................................................................................................... 8-6)............................... NO Continue with the next step.................. ................... go to “ACCM growth procedure” (p.................. 4 Set the application name to 5060_MGC as follows..................... check CTS for assistance....... applconf_adm --action show_appl .. to set the application name as the 5060_MGC................................................. Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 Attention: For the co-host MGC-8.......... the next step is to execute the growth procedure to add a host pair of ACCM blades into the chassis....................................................... redo the steps until the expected result is achieved...X.................... blade 1)............................................................ 3 Delete the application name from the show command (if any) as follows.......................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ....................................... ........................

.................................X.......................................................................................... run the following commands.................................................................................... >su -l lss >stopMI >startMI ............................................................................ applconf_adm --action generate_host_all svcconf_adm --action generate_host_all ............................................... 11 Check to see whether the MI is running....................... ............................ login as lss to stop and restart the MI as follows.. 8 Run the following commands to generate SCDT data and sync the configDB after the application name change.................................................................................................. ....................................... svcconf_adm --action generate_host_all && applconf_adm --action generate_host_all ......................................................................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................. 9 On MI-B (OAM-B............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-5 255-400-022R9................................................................................................................................................................................ 6 Run the following command to re-generate and install configuration.................................................................... blade 2)....................................... 7 Run the following command to re-generate and install configuration.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. syncConfigDB -f -l scdm_adm --action sync_config ................................................................................................................................ MIvmstate The MIvmstate result should be “A”\ (active) If the MI is running.............. svcconf_adm --action install_host_all && applconf_adm --action install_host_all ......................................................................................................................................................... exit E....................... N D O F S T E P S ...... 12 Enter the following command to exit....................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 .............................................................................................................................................................. 10 Connect the console cable to active OAM.......................

...................................................................128 PORT=17 OID=9 interfaces.................................... 4 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command........ifAdminStatus.. run isolate_card -s <shelf number> -c <card number> For example: >isolate_card -s 0 -c 3 SHELF=0 HUB=169....................................................................................................ifAdminStatus............................. .............9 >isolate_card -s 0 -c 4 SHELF=0 HUB=169......254.........................................................................ifTable...... MIcmd state vc • • state of MI virtual cluster is A ......112 PORT=19 OID=7 interfaces......................................32.........................................32...............................................................ifTable.. 5 For each of the blades to be grown in...254.................................................32.......................................................................ifEntry.......ifTable..............................X...... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.....ifAdminStatus.......Active • state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S ......................................................... 3 Run the following command to save the backup files............... call MIcmd switch vc to switchover and then call MIcmd state vc again to verify................254............ifAdminStatus......ifTable...............................32........................................... 2 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows..............................ifEntry..... ...............................................................128 PORT=19 OID=7 interfaces............ create_ht ................................... ACCM growth procedure Complete the following steps to grow in the host pair of ACCM blades..............................................................................................................9 SHELF=0 HUB=169.....................................ifEntry...........7 = 0 = 0 = 0 = 0 ..................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ........................................................................112 PORT=17 OID=9 interfaces................................Standby If the primary VM is standby. 1 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root..7 SHELF=0 HUB=169.......................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............. ..........................................ifEntry........Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A .....................................................254........................................................ rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname) Check the result as follows: rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname) ..

...........................data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv...... You can use ^C (CTRL + C) at any time to safely abort this interactive script........X.......................... then enter the service type(s) for the card pair.......................................................................................................................................................... shelf and slot numbers for the blades that are grown in.........................................data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim........................................................... 6 If the blade to be grown in is not seated in the shelf yet....data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system.................................................................................................... ............................................................. service type..........Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 .......................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................... lcp_hostgrow Example: <qd20-s00c01h0:root>/root: # lcp_hostgrow lcp_hostgrow is a tool used to prepare SIM host files /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host............................. ........... card and host number for the card pair........ 7 Run lcp_hostgrow and fill in the card type............................................................ ****************************************************************** * Interactive Mode * ****************************************************************** Side A: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0 .data for growing one or more service(s) on the existing card(s)............................ plug the blades into the shelf now............................................ Enter the shelf....................................... redundancy type................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-7 255-400-022R9.........................................................

....................................log after SIM begins by: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim................log You could manually tail sim.........................................rear:1 Please input number associated with the valid disk scheme: 2 You are now ready to begin SIM......... type 'n' to exit host growth: y SIM began successfully............................................. <qd25-s00c01h0:root>/root: ........................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 . .....rear:1 3) indapp_20_300G............log Type 'y' to begin host growth.... 8 Run tail sim..... The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim.......................................... 9-14 ]: 5 Side B: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0 Side B: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6.......................rear:1 4) storage_175_300G......................................................................rear:1 2) LCP_base_300G.. 9-14 ]: 6 The allowed service types are as follows: accm adcm gjs gos Enter the service(s) (seperated by space) for host growth: accm Below are the disk scheme and ID for target host: 1) LCP_base_147G............................................................X...... Side A: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6....log until the following message is seen in the SIM log............................................................................................

.. Execute the following command to verify that the ShMC is active and to determine the status of the blades.......... resume SIM by typing on the MI......................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............... type 'n'.................................................... 0x60) Maximum FRU device ID: 0x02 PICMG Version 2....... After the host comes up and the login prompt is seen..... 9 Log in to the active ShMC as root.................................................................X................................................................... If the memory check is not seen............................ login to the growth hosts and type 'reboot'.. 13/02/01 19:48:02 .........................2 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Now during reboot..... Look for memory check on console or on SOL window and type 'n' during the memory check to force network boot.......... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-9 255-400-022R9.............Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 .................. ] 13/02/01 19:48:02 13/02/01 19:48:02 ************************************************************ 13/02/01 19:48:02 SIM PROGRESS (lcp_hostgrow apply): 13/02/01 19:48:02 ************************************************************ 13/02/01 19:48:02 53 of 111 sim steps executed (47%) 13/02/01 19:48:02 ************************************************************ 13/02/01 19:48:02 13/02/01 19:48:02 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are complete.............. tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim...........log 01/01/13 19:48:02 SIM053 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE !!! STOP !!! Both the growth blades need to be booted from network................................... sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume Type 'y'. clia shmstatus Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter Host: "Active" # clia board 3 Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter Physical Slot # 3 92: Entity: (0xa0..........

................. ..... Open the terminal server session and the SOL console session for the blades........ ............. THEN .................................................................................................. .......................... Hot Swap State: M4 (Active)............... Previous: M3 (Activation In Process)..................... 12 Note: To complete this step.................................. This is done during the memory check and pressing n for each blade....................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ...................... 10 Ensure that the hot swap state of the cards was shown as active in the previous step..... ...................... Last State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0) Device ID String: "RTM" # .......... ......... you must be logged in through the console port...................................... 0x60) Hot Swap State: M4 (Active)... 11 Was the hot swap state inactive? IF ...................................................................................................................................................... log into the blade as root and reboot each blade from network................................................................................ YES The blades must be powered on Execute the following command from the active ShMC.. ................. If the blade is at login prompt........................................ a terminal server hosting the console port of the blades................................ Last State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0) 92: FRU # 0 Entity: (0xa0.............. clia activate board 3 NO Continue to the next step.................................................................................................................. 0x60) Hot Swap State: M4 (Active)............. ............................... You may see the output of bios (memory check and so forth) whether in terminal server session or SOL console session during host boot up............................... or through a SOL console session........ Log into each blade to be grown............ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................................................................... Previous: M3 (Activation In Process)...X............................. Last State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0) Device ID String: "BMR-H8S MOLENE" 92: FRU # 1 Entity: (0xc0. Previous: M3 (Activation In Process).X Issue 12 July 2015 ................

...................................................................................... .................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-11 255-400-022R9........................................................................xml data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostgrow log file: /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim........................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..........................................................................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ............................................................................: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim............................................................................................................................................................................................. sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume Output example: > sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume ****************************************************************************** * Software Installation Manager (SIM) * ****************************************************************************** rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostgrow/lcp_hostgrow........................................................... execute the following command on OAM to resume SIM..................X..........................................................log Output example: 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096 The sim 'update' procedure currently has no 'rollback' to reset........... 14 To monitor the sim lcp_hostgrow procedure's log file use the following command.............................................log The current 'apply' of the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure is not finished............. If the Jumpstart prompt is seen....................................................... 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096_end (SUCCESS) 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_begin [seclogger 'GROWTH COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY!'] [pid=8618] (lcp_hostgrow:906) 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_end (SUCCESS) 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM098 [GROWTH SIM RULES COMPLETED!!!!!] (lcp_ hostgrow:909) 13/02/01 01:00:39 13/02/01 01:00:39 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'lcp_hostgrow apply' 13/02/01 01:00:39 99 of 99 sim steps completed (100%) ...................................................................................... ........................................... 47 of 99 sim steps completed (47%) Ready to 'resume' the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure 'apply': Continue? (y/n) y Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume '....... 13 Wait for the login prompt and log in as root.................................. 15 Reboot each ACCM card using the following command on each card: ........

............................................................. rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname) E..................................... rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host $(hostname) ........................................ 17 Execute the following command............................................. 19 Execute the following command to check status...... .................................................................................................................................... health --test all Because CPM was disabled previously. chk_connectivitymay also fail........... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................ Ignore chk_connectivity errors............................. ... Do not continue if there are other errors............................................................................................................................................................................................................. If cables are not connected to the HUB...... 18 Execute the following command to allow MI switchover........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ACCM Blades for the non-cohost (standalone) MGC-8 ......................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .......................X......................................................... N D O F S T E P S ................................. create_ht ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... reboot........................................................................... chk_cpmwill fail............................................ 16 Run the following command for the health check.............

................. call MIcmd switch vc to switchover and then call MIcmd state vc again to verify..................................... continue to the next section to synchronize the database.................................................................................................ifAdminStatus................................................. 1 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root. rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname) Check the result as follows..........................................................128 PORT=17 OID=9 interfaces.......... MIcmd state vc • • state of MI virtual cluster is A ..........................................ifTable.........ifAdminStatus.........112 PORT=19 OID=7 interfaces........................................................ifEntry............................... 3 Run the following command to save the backup files.........ifEntry..................................32...........................ifTable.........32...........................9 = 0 >isolate_card -s 0 -c 6 SHELF=0 HUB=169............................. create_ht ......... 4 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command.X......... ...........................................................................7 = 0 ...... 5 For each of the blades to be grown in....................................................254........ ............................................ otherwise.......................................Standby If the primary VM is standby....................Active • state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S ........................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...............................................9 = 0 SHELF=0 HUB=169.................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-13 255-400-022R9............................................................................... run isolate_card -s <shelf number> -c <card number> For example: >isolate_card -s 0 -c 5 SHELF=0 HUB=169..........................ifEntry...... complete the following steps... Grow in the ADCM blades Procedure If you have ADCM blades to be grown in...... 2 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows.............................................................................................32........................... .........ifTable.............ifAdminStatus................................ rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname) ..............................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades ...............................112 PORT=17 OID=9 interfaces.........................................................................Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A .......254....................254..............................

..................................................... plug the blades into the shelf now.............data for growing one or more service(s) on the existing card(s)...................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............ ****************************************************************** * Interactive Mode * ****************************************************************** ......Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades ............................................ 7 Run lcp_hostgrow and fill in the card type................................................................................................................................................................... 6 If the blade to be grown in is not seated in the shelf yet.....................................254........... Enter the shelf............ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.............................................................. card and host number for the card pair.............................................ifEntry....................... lcp_hostgrow Example: <qd20-s00c01h0:root>/root: # lcp_hostgrow lcp_hostgrow is a tool used to prepare SIM host files /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host... .....7 = 0 ...........................................................data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim........... shelf and slot numbers for the blades that are grown in...... redundancy type.................... then enter the service type(s) for the card pair..................ifAdminStatus..X.............................................................. You can use ^C (CTRL + C) at any time to safely abort this interactive script.128 PORT=19 OID=7 interfaces.................................data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv....................................... service type...ifTable........................32....... SHELF=0 HUB=169...................data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostgrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system...........................................

................................................................................................... 9-14 ]: 5 Side B: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0 Side B: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6.. 9-14 ]: 6 The allowed service types are as follows: accm adcm gjs gos Enter the service(s) (seperated by space) for host growth: adcm Below are the disk scheme and ID for target host: 1) LCP_base_147G.................................................rear:1 3) indapp_20_300G.............Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades . Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-15 255-400-022R9............. Side A: Enter the SHELF number [ 0 ]: 0 Side A: Enter the CARD number [ 1-6..... <qd25-s00c01h0:root>/root: ....................................................................rear:1 2) LCP_base_300G.............................rear:1 Please input number associated with the valid disk scheme: 2 You are now ready to begin SIM............rear:1 4) storage_175_300G........................................................................................log Type 'y' to begin host growth.........log You could manually tail sim..log after SIM begins by: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim....... type 'n' to exit host growth: y SIM began successfully......................................X... The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .....................

............................................................................ If the memory check is not seen.................................................................................................... Now during reboot..................................... sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume Type 'y'.......................... 8 Run tail sim................... 13/02/01 19:48:02 ....Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades ................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................................................................................X........ type 'n'.......... ] 13/02/01 19:48:02 13/02/01 19:48:02 ************************************************************ 13/02/01 19:48:02 SIM PROGRESS (lcp_hostgrow apply): 13/02/01 19:48:02 ************************************************************ 13/02/01 19:48:02 53 of 111 sim steps executed (47%) 13/02/01 19:48:02 ************************************************************ 13/02/01 19:48:02 13/02/01 19:48:02 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are complete.... # ........................................................................................ 9 Log in to the active ShMC as root..... After the host comes up and the login prompt is seen.................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ....................log until the following message is seen in the SIM log..................................................... tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim............ clia shmstatus Output example: Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter Host: "Active" ..... login to the growth hosts and type 'reboot'........................................................log Output example: 13/02/01 19:48:02 SIM053 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE !!! STOP !!! Both the growth blades need to be booted from network......... resume SIM by typing on the MI..................................................................................... Look for memory check on console or on SOL window and type 'n' during the memory check to force network boot............................... Execute the following command to verify that the ShMC is active and to determine the status of the blades......................................................

.......................................................................................................... clia activate board 5 NO Continue to the next step........................................................... Last State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0) Device ID String: "RTM" # ...................................................... a terminal server hosting the console port of the blades or through a SOL console session.......................................................................... 11 Was the hot swap state inactive? IF ............. Previous: M3 (Activation In Process)........................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades .................. 0x60) Hot Swap State: M4 (Active)................................ 10 Ensure that the hot swap state of the cards was shown as active in the previous step............................................................. # clia board 5 Alcatel-Lucent NSAV2 Shelf Manager Command Line Interpreter Physical Slot # 5 92: Entity: (0xa0................. 0x60) Maximum FRU device ID: 0x02 PICMG Version 2....... ................... .... .............. Previous: M3 (Activation In Process)... you must be logged in through the console port........................................... Last State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0) Device ID String: "BMR-H8S MOLENE" 92: FRU # 1 Entity: (0xc0.... YES The blades must be powered on Execute the following command from the active ShMC.......................................... 12 Note: To complete this step............................ ....... .....................X...................................................2 Hot Swap State: M4 (Active).... Previous: M3 (Activation In Process)........................................................................... ................. 0x60) Hot Swap State: M4 (Active)........ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-17 255-400-022R9...............................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........................... Last State Change Cause: Normal State Change (0x0) 92: FRU # 0 Entity: (0xa0................................................................................................ ............................ THEN ...............................

.....................log Output example: 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096 The sim 'update' procedure currently has no 'rollback' to reset.......................................................... Open the terminal server session and the SOL console session for the blades................. ............................................................: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim....................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades ......................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..... log into the blade as root and reboot each blade from network............................................ 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM096_end (SUCCESS) 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_begin [seclogger 'GROWTH COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY!'] [pid=8618] (lcp_hostgrow:906) 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM097_end (SUCCESS) .......................................................................... sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume Output example: > sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume ******************************************************************************* * Software Installation Manager (SIM) * ******************************************************************************* rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostgrow/lcp_hostgrow............................................................................ This is done during the memory check and pressing n for each blade..xml data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostgrow log file: /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostgrow/sim............................................................................. Log into each blade to be grown............................................ If the blade is at login prompt...log The current 'apply' of the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure is not finished............................. You may see the output of bios (memory check and so forth) whether in terminal server session or SOL console session during host boot up.................................................................................................................... execute the following command on OAM to resume SIM.......... 47 of 99 sim steps completed (47%) Ready to 'resume' the sim 'lcp_hostgrow' procedure 'apply': Continue? (y/n) y Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostgrow --action resume '................................... 14 To monitor the sim lcp_hostgrow procedure's log file use the following command....................................................... If the Jumpstart prompt is seen...X.............X Issue 12 July 2015 .................. .......... 13 Wait for the login prompt and log in as root....

.......................... 18 Execute the following command to allow MI switchover..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ignore chk_cpm and chk_connectivity errors........................................................... chk_cpmwill fail................................................................. chk_connectivity may also fail... 13/02/01 01:00:39 SIM098 [GROWTH SIM RULES COMPLETED!!!!!] (lcp_ hostgrow:909) 13/02/01 01:00:39 13/02/01 01:00:39 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'lcp_hostgrow apply' 13/02/01 01:00:39 99 of 99 sim steps completed (100%) .............................. ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15 Reboot each ADCM card using the following command on each card: reboot ..................... rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname) ........................................................................................................................................................................ health --test all Because CPM was disabled previously.......X........................................................................... 17 Execute the following command........................................................................................ create_ht ..............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ....... rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host $(hostname) .................... 8-20)........................................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-19 255-400-022R9................... “Configure and enable CPM” (p............................................................ N D O F S T E P S .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. E.......................................................................................................................................... 16 Run the following command for the health check....... If cables are not connected to the HUB...................... /opt/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 --action enable_service Continue to the next procedure.......................................... execute the following command to enable ADCM services............................... Do not continue if there are other errors............................................................ 20 On OAM server A.............................................................................. 19 Execute the following command to check status.............................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Grow in the ADCM blades .........

......................X.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... cpmconf_adm --action show_activated (CPM activated = 1) E......................................................................... Configure and enable CPM Procedure Complete the following steps to re-enable CPM.............. scdw_adm --action clean_cpm scdw_adm --action setup_cpm scdw_adm --action pre_enable_cpm scdw_adm --action enable_cpm ............................................................................................ ................................................................ 1 On the active the blade with OAM server functionality........................................................................................................................................................................ N D O F S T E P S ............... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................................................................................................... enter the following commands to re-enable CPM...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 Verify that CPM is running by entering following command......X Issue 12 July 2015 ..............Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Configure and enable CPM .................................................

....................... Command RTRV-ATCA-EQPT......................................................... ............................................................................. ............. Procedure You should back up the blade before degrow because all provisioning may be lost............................................... TL1 Then continue to the next step.... THEN ................................................ Backing up blade configuration Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y........................................ ... 3 Retrieve blade provisioning using the RTRV-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command and make note of provisioning....... Command RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS.............. ...................... THEN ........ NO From the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1..X................................................................................... .............................. ......................... It is N by default.................................... YES Continue to the next step............................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Backing up blade configuration .......................................... .......................................................... .......... 2 Retrieve chassis provisioning using the RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS TL1 command and make note of provisioning...................... ....................................................................................... .................. The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1......................................................................................... ............................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................... ......................................................................................... Then log on using the ACT-USER command....................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-21 255-400-022R9.... Then the user can log on using the ACT-USER command.................................... 1 Are you logged into the blade? IF ....... 4 Are you going to use TL1 or OMC-P? IF ............................................................. .......................

................................. NO You have completed this procedure..............Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades Backing up blade configuration ...................................... ..................................................................................... 255-400-400 and follow instructions............................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................. When you finish............ Command Example: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:::::192......................[<tmout>]................. .......................................................................... IF .......................xxx..........................168................................... YES Contact Technical Support.......... OMC-P Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Gateway Platform Switch Upgrade/Backup/Restore Overview chapter in the COM User Guide............ THEN ....................... .............. ............. N D O F S T E P S ................... .....<password>................................root................. <username>.........................................[<suppressoutput> ].... return to “De-growth procedure” (p......................................................... ..................... ... Syntax: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:[TID]:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<desthost>....................................... 8-23)..........................................................................................................................................................xxx....................... 7 Did the backup fail? IF ............................................newsys........ 5 Save the current configuration before the blade de-growth...... The above is an example.........<destdir>.X Issue 12 July 2015 ...................... THEN ........ 6 Wait for a response that the backup completed.......................................... E.................................................... You should use the correct values for your application.................................../ home................ .....ftp........X...........[<xferprtcl>]............................ .................. ................................................. ...

............................ In the following example. If you are going to de-grow ACCMs................................................................. from the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the active or working ACCM blade for TL1................................................. Telica> RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE............................................................................................................ NO Go to “De-growing ADCMs” (p........... De-growth procedure Introduction These procedures provide the steps to de-grow or remove blades............. ADCM blades are installed in slots 5 and 6 and the poolId is 3.................................................X........ .. For a duplex pair............................................... RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS........Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ............... Then log on using the ACT-USER command............... Make note of the slot or slots where ADCMs are installed and the associated poolId.............................. ............................................................... ADCMs must be removed first............................... YES Continue to the next step............................... . 1 Has the ADCM been provisioned? IF ....................... ......... ................................................ RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE...................................... 8-34).. You cannot de-grow a single blade in a pair.............................................................. 2 If you are not logged in to use TL1........................ 4 Determine the slots and the blades they contain type using the RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE command......................................... .......................... THEN ...................................... ...................................... ...................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-23 255-400-022R9.......... Attention: Removal of blades can disrupt service....................... Traffic should be disabled on blades before they are removed.................................................................................... Preparing for ADCM degrowth ...... 3 Determine the chassis type using the RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS command................................. the de-growth must be executed for both blades in the pair.....................................................

ACT" "SHELF-0-ACM-4:CARDTYPE=ACCM................................................. RTRV-STG-SLKL2...............0.. 1 Retrieve signaling links of SLKL2 using the RTRV-STG-SLKL2 command.. UEQ&UAS" "SHELF-0-ACM-12:CARDTYPE=NULL...... 8-28) ATCA_VSG_MGC Continue to “Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_VSG_MGC” (p.....POOLID=1.37:IS......POOLID=1............ telica 2010-07-11 00:22:10 M 0 RTRV "SHELF-0-ACM-3:CARDTYPE=ACCM...........................2.....UAS" "SHELF-0-ACM-10:CARDTYPE=NULL......................... .......37:IS.............................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ....................1................ ......SWVERSION=8.......................... 121...................SWVERSION=8...... ..SWVERSION=NULL:OOS.. ACT" "SHELF-0-ACM-6:CARDTYPE=ADCM........... E.......................2.. 111.............................................1.......... 122......................................POOLID=NULL...... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-24 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.........................SWVERSION=8.................. STBYH" "SHELF-0-ACM-5:CARDTYPE=ADCM..POOLID=NULL......POOLID=3.............0....0.SWVERSION=8....... 51.... THEN ....................... RTRV-STG-SLKL2 .SWVERSION=NULL:OOS....................2.................................SWVERSION=NULL:OOS.............1..SWVERSION=NULL:OOS..POOLID=NULL... Make note of the signaling link IDs of the ADCMs that you are going to remove...........SWVERSION=NULL:OOS.......................................... ATCA_MGC “Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_MGC” (p.... N D O F S T E P S Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_VSG_MGC .......0............................ In the following example signaling links for the ADCM in slot 5 are................... UEQ&UAS" "SHELF-0-ACM-14:CARDTYPE=NULL.....................................37:IS......X Issue 12 July 2015 ................... 5 What is the chassis type? IF ........... 313 and 323.......POOLID=NULL....0.......................POOLID=NULL.............. UEQ&UAS" "SHELF-0-ACM-13:CARDTYPE=NULL.2...................... UEQ&UAS" /* RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE */ ...............POOLID=3............... ................... STBYH" "SHELF-0-ACM-9:CARDTYPE=NULL.... 8-24).....................X................................................................................37:IS.................UAS" "SHELF-0-ACM-11:CARDTYPE=NULL...0........0.POOLID=NULL.........0............SWVERSION=NULL:OOS.........................1............

.......................SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL.MTP3PRFLID=1.. LNKSPEED=64K................................. 2 Retrieve signaling links of SLKL3 using the RTRV-STG-SLKL3 command..MTP2DRVRPRTCL=CHINA.....................M2PAASSOCID=NULL...M2UAIID= 51.... LNKSPEED=64K...... LNKSPEED=64K......MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ITU... ENABLEMTP3T31=Y... 51.................LSETID=51....... M2UAIID=323..................SLKL2PRFLID=3...M2PAASSOCID=NULL...LSSULEN=1" "111:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED..PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL............. "51:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED....................................................... LNKSPEED=64K.......... M2UAIID=111.RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS.......TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-15.. M2UAIID=313........MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ANSI......MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ANSI..........................PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL.SLKL2PRFLID=1.PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL.............." ....... M2UAIID=121................SLC=1................. RTRV-STG-SLKL3....MTP3PRFLID=1................... M2UAIID=122........M2PAASSOCID=NULL......LSSULEN=1" /* RTRV-STG-SLKL2 */ ...LSSULEN=2" "313:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED....... 111...M2PAASSOCID=NULL...TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-17...........ENABLEMTP3T31= Y.X...RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS... M2UAIID=121...MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ANSI.......SLKL2PRFLID=1........SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL..M2PAASSOCID=NULL......RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS.......LSSULEN=2" "122:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED.. 122............LSSULEN=2" "121:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED...SLKL2PRFLID=1......." "111:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND..M2PAASSOCID=NULL............" "121:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND..... 313 and 323 and they are all IS......... M2UAIID=111.X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...............SLKL2PRFLID=2.............SLC=0...TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-23......LSETID=121.................... All M2PAASSOCIDs are NULL RTRV-STG-SLKL3 "51:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND...............Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ................MTP3PRFLID=1.....................SLKL2PRFLID=2.. 121.....LSSULEN=1" "323:SIGTYPE=LOWSPEED........TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-3-DS0-5.............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-25 255-400-022R9... LNKSPEED=64K.......M2PAASSOCID=NULL....M2PAASSOCID=NULL.SLC=0........ Also note if there are any M2PAASSOCIDs.......MTP2DRVRPRTCL=ITU.... In the following example signaling links for the ADCM in slot 5 are..M2PAASSOCID=NULL. ENABLEMTP3T31=Y...... LNKSPEED=64K.. M2UAIID=51................TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-7-DS0-6...............SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL..... Make note of the signaling link IDs of the ADCMs that you are going to remove and the state..TERMID=SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-1-DS0-16..LSETID=111...............

........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ......." "313:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND.. ......................................................... 4 Delete each OOS signaling link ID using the DLT-STG-SLKL3 command.......................RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS............................................" /* RTRV-STG-SLKL3 */ ..............M2PAASSOCID=NULL.........................................M2PAASSOCID=NULL. ED-STG-SLKL3::51::::oos...................................................... 6 Retrieve signaling links of SLKAAL5 using the RTRV-STG-SLKAAL5 command.............. ................... ENABLEMTP3T31=Y............................................... M2UAIID=122..............X. ......................... ENABLEMTP3T31=Y................... NO Go to Step 9........................SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL.............................. ENABLEMTP3T31=Y............................................................................RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS............................................................. DLT-STG-SLKL3::51.......SLC=1............... .............................................................PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL............ .. 5 Delete each L2 signaling link ID using the DLT-STG-SLKL2 command...........................MTP3PRFLID=1...............................M2PAASSOCID=NULL......MTP3PRFLID=1........................LSETID=323....LSETID=121............................... Make note of the signaling link IDs of the ADCMs that you are going to remove.................. ......................................." "323:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND..................PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL.. ........................... RTRV-STG-SLKAAL5...........RESETMTP3T31=Y:IS...............SLC=2............ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-26 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9. .. YES Continue to the next step........................................................................ "122:SIGTYPE=NARROWBAND.. 7 Were there any SLKAAL5 signaling links? IF . ................................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ....PRIM2UAASSOCID=NULL......................MTP3PRFLID=1.............................. Repeat the command for every IS signaling link ID...................SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL................. Repeat the command for every L2 signaling link ID identified previously......... M2UAIID=323..........SECM2UAASSOCID=NULL. M2UAIID=313..................................................................... Repeat the command for every OOS signaling link ID identified previously.............................................. 3 Place each IS signaling link ID to OOS using the ED-STG-SLKL3 command...............................LSETID=313.........................................SLC=1.......................... DLT-STG-SLKL2::51.............. THEN ............

................................................................................................ ................................................ YES Continue to the next step............... RTRV-STATE-SGP....................................................................................................................................................................... ................X................................................. ............. 13 Change the state of M3UA SG processes for the ADCM blade to OOS using the ED-STATE-SGP command....................... ED-STATE-SGP::1-1-DIST-SHELF-0-ACM-3::::OOS.............. ..................................... THEN ............. YES Continue to the next step.................................................... .......................................... ......................................................... 14 Retrieve associations of an M3UA SGP using the RTRV-MGC-M3UAASSOC command................... ..................................................................................................................... DLT-STG-SLKAAL5::51..... NO Go to Step 14.............................. 11 Retrieve the state of M3UA signaling gateway processes using the RTRV-STATE-SGP command............................... ............. RTRV-MGC-M3UAASSOC.................. DLT-M2PA-ASSOC::1 Repeat the command for every M2PAASSOC identified previously............. ............. THEN ...................................................................................................................................... ......... 9 Were there any M2PAASSOCIDs when you retrieved STG-SLKL2s and STG-SLKL3s? IF ........ ................... 12 Are there any M3UA processes for the ADCM blade? IF ............... ........................................... ..................................................................................................................................................... 10 Delete each M2PAASSOC using the DLT-M2PA-ASSOC command.................................................................................. NO Go to Step 11.............................................................................................................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-27 255-400-022R9...............................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure .................................................................................. ............ ............................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................... Repeat the command for every AAL5 signaling link ID identified previously................... ............................................... 8 Delete each AAL5 signaling link ID using the DLT-STG-SLKAAL5 command..............................................

................... RTRV-REALM-MGASSOC......................................... ..........................X Issue 12 July 2015 .....................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... RTRV-MGC-MGASSOC.......................... ........................................... YES Continue to the next step.......................................... Note the mgName values associated with thepoolId of the ADCM to be de-grown............................................................................................. ..... Note the value of the realmId............. 1 Retrieve the properties of the association between a MGC-8 and a media gateways using the RTRV-MGC-MGASSOC command........... 17 Delete all M3UA associations using the DLT-MGC-M3UAASSOC command...... DLT-MGC-M3UAASSOC::1-1............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Locate the responses in which the poolId is the same as the poolId of the ADCM to be de-grown.......... ............................................................................................................................... 15 Are there any M3UA associations of the ADCM? IF .... ................. 18 Continue to “Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_MGC” (p...................................................................................... 2 Retrieve the identities of the media gateways associated with a configured realm using the RTRV-REALM-MGASSOC command................................. ED-MGC-M3UAASSOC::1-1:::OOS............................................ ..... ................. 16 Place all M3UA associations of the ADCM to OOS using the ED-MGC-M3UAASSOC command............................ ....................................... Locate the responses in which the mgName of realmMgAssoc is an MG identified in the previous step........................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-28 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......X................................ THEN ....... .................................... N D O F S T E P S Unprovisioning the ADCM of an ATCA_MGC ................... ............................................................... NO Go to Step 18........................ E............................. 8-28)..............................................................................................

.............................................. RTRV-LIST-MG........................................ .Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ........ RTRV-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR.................................................. ...................................................................................................................................................................... 9 Delete a route using the DLT-ROUTE command......X.......... 8 Retrieve the properties of a route using the RTRV-ROUTE command........................................................... Use the rtIds that you identified in the previous step................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 Retrieve lists of SIP servers using the RTRV-LIST-SIPSRVR command.............................................................................. Use the sipSrvrMapAddrAid that you identified previously................. Note the sipSrvrListAid that is applicable to the ADCM to be de-grown.............................. ................. Note the mgListName that is applicable to the ADCM to be de-grown..... .............................................. Note the mgList that you identified in Step 4 and the associated rtId............................2......................................................................... ............................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-29 255-400-022R9......................................................... DLT-REALM-MGASSOC::REALM-"realm16"-MGNAME-a751014bgw18........................................... which is an MG name that you identified in Step 1................... RTRV-LIST-SIPSRVR...................................................... ........................ 3 Delete all realms associated with MGs identified in the previous step using the DLT-REALM-MGASSOC command........................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................ DLT-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR::SDPCON-10..... The MG name should be an MG you identified in Step 1.. .................................................... 6 Retrieve the mapping rules that govern how the SIP redirect server maps incoming SIP calls to a list of media gateways using the RTRV-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR command. The first part is the mgList and the second part is index........84.................................................................70... RTRV-ROUTE............................................................................................................................................................... 7 Delete the mapping rules that govern how the SIP redirect server maps incoming SIP calls to a list of media gateways using the DLT-SIP-SRVRMAPADDR command............ The first part is the sipSrvrList and the second part is index................. .................................... 4 Retrieve lists of media gateways using the RTRV-LIST-MG command............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Note the sipSrvrMapAddrAid and the ACTION..............................

........X Issue 12 July 2015 ........................................................... DLT-LIST-MG::MGLIST1-x.................................................................................................. RTRV-MGC-MGMAPADDR................... DLT-CAS-LINE::WF1_BGW4............................................................................................................................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-30 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................. .......................................... DLT-ROUTE::SIPP9062-0......................................................................................................................... ................................. 13 Delete the MG lists identified in Step 4 using the DLT-LIST-MG command................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ............................ DLT-LIST-SIPSRVR::SIPSRVRLIST1....... RTRV-ISDN-BCHAN::3031........................................................................... Note the tgn that is associated with the mgList that you identified in Step 4............................ .......... ........ 16 Retrieve the properties of an ISDN link using the RTRV-ISDN-LINK command and the ifnum that you identified in the previous step RTRV-ISDN-LINK::3031....... .................................................................................... RTRV-ISDN-IF....................................... 11 Delete the mapping of specific connection and origin addresses using the DLT-MGC-MGMAPADDR command............................................................. ......................................................................... 15 Retrieve the properties of an ISDN interface using the RTRV-ISDN-IF command............. Note the ifnum that is associated with the mgName that you identified in Step 1............................................................................................................................................................................. .............................................. .................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ....................................................... 14 Delete the CAS lines associated with the MGs identified in Step 1 using the DLT-CAS-LINE command........X................................................................. 10 Retrieve the mapping of specific connection and origin addresses using the RTRV-MGC-MGMAPADDR command................................................................................. 12 Delete the sipSrvrList identified in Step 5 using the DLT-LIST-SIPSRVR command................................................................... 17 Retrieve the properties of an ISDN B channel using the RTRV-ISDN-BCHAN command...................................................................................................................................................................... DLT-MGC-MGMAPADDR::TGN-8310-SDPCON-DEFAULT-SDPORIG-DEFAULT....................................................

........ RTRV-SS7-TRK::<SS7 TRUNK AID>........................................ ................................................ ED-SS7-TRK::9013-25:::MGNAME=a751013tgw01:OOS..........Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure .................................................. Note the ivtTrkAid that is associated with the mgName that you identified in Step 1....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...... 24 Note: You must know the tgn of the trunk............................................................. 26 Delete the SS7 trunks using the DLT-SS7-TRK command......................... ..................................................................... ........................... 22 Retrieve the properties for an IVT trunk using the RTRV-IVT-TRK command............ 23 Delete each IVT trunk identified in the previous step using the DLT-IVT-TRK command.......................................................................................................X............................................................................................................................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-31 255-400-022R9............................................................................................................. ................... 20 Delete the properties of an ISDN interface using the DLT-ISDN-IF command....................................................... ............................................................................................................. 19 Delete the properties of an ISDN link using the DLT-ISDN-LINK command DLT-ISDN-LINK::3031-1.................................................................................................................................... 21 Delete each association between the IUA subsystem in a MGC-8 and a remote media gateway using the DLT-MGC-MGIUA command............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................................... RTRV-IVT-TRK.......... DLT-ISDN-BCHAN::3031-1&&-31................ ................................. 25 Change the primary state of the SS7 trunks to OOS using the ED-SS7-TRK command.................................................................................................................................................................... DLT-IVT-TRK::4022-1.............................................................................................................................................. DLT-ISDN-IF::3031................... DLT-MGC-MGIUA::a751013tgw19................................................................... ................................................................................... ................................................................................................................. ............. Note the SS7 trunks that are associated with mgNames that you identified in Step 1 and the primary state. 18 Delete the properties of an ISDN B channel using the DLT-ISDN-BCHAN command....................................................................................... Retrieve information about an SS7 trunk using the RTRV-SS7-TRK command.......................................................................................

................................................................................................................... .. Retrieve information about a BICC trunk using the RTRV-BICC-TRK command....... ......... ................................................ ED-MGC-MGASSOC::a751014bgw18::::OOS................................. DLT-BICC-TRK::8001-1397..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .......................... DLT-CAS-TRK::3301-1...................................................................................................................... DLT-MGC-MGASSOC::a751014bgw18................................................................. RTRV-BICC-TRK::8000......................................................... ED-CAS-TRK::3301-1:::MGNAME=a751013tgw01:OOS............................................................................................ 30 Note: You must know the tgn of the trunk........... 27 Note: You must know the tgn of the trunk................................................................................... 34 Delete each association identified in Step 1 using the DLT-MGC-MGASSOC command........................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-32 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................. ................................................ .................................................................................................................................................... RTRV-CAS-TRK::3303.............. 32 Delete the BICC trunks using the DLT-BICC-TRK command............................X.......................... 33 Place each association identified in Step 1 OOS using the ED-MGC-MGASSOC command............ Retrieve information about a CAS SS7 trunk using the RTRV-CAS-TRK command............................................................................................ Note the BICC trunks that are associated with mgNames that you identified in Step 1 and the primary state........................ 28 Change the primary state of the CAS trunks to OOS using the ED-CAS-TRK command............................ .................................................................................................................... 29 Delete the CAS trunks using the DLT-CAS-TRK command..................................... Note the CAS trunks that are associated with mgNames that you identified in Step 1 and the primary state...................... ED-BICC-TRK::8001-1397:::MGNAME=bgw80:OOS......... .................................................................... DLT-SS7-TRK::9013-25..... 31 Change the primary state of the BICC trunks to OOS using the ED-BICC-TRK command......................................................... ..................................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure .....................................

....... 35 Continue to “Unprovisioning common features of the ADCM ” (p............. for port........... ............................................... ...... NO Continue to the next step..... ED-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-E1-<port>::::OOS......... DLT-IPROUTE::SHELF-0-ACM-5-<destIpAddr>-<subnetMask>......................................... YES Go to “De-growing ADCMs” (p......... RTRV-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1.................................................... 1 Delete IP routes of the ADCM blade using the DLT-IPROUTE command......................... ED-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-<port>::::OOS............................................................................................................................ RTRV-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1............................................................................. ............ Substitute the correct value for destIpAddr and subnetMask.......................................................................... command.......................................... 5 Delete all OOS ports using the DLT-E1 or DLT-T1command........................ command....... N D O F S T E P S Unprovisioning common features of the ADCM .................. 8-33)................................................................................................................................................................... ...................... .................................. Substitute the correct value...................................................... 3 Retrieve parameters for E1 and T1 ports using the RTRV-E1 or RTRV-T1command...... ED-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-T1-<port>::::OOS.... 1-8............ 4 Place all ports OOS using the ED-E1 or ED-T1command................................................................ ........................................................ ...........................................................................................................................................................................X.........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......................................................................... RTRV-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2................................................................ .... ......... ED-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-E1-<port>::::OOS................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ........ 2 Is the chassis type equal to ATCA_MGC? IF ....... 8-34)................................ E....................................................................................................................................... RTRV-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2......................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-33 255-400-022R9... ................................................................................................................................................. THEN ......................................................................

................ RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2.... ................................ 1 Note: Ignore the expected error messages when you run the following commands..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-8...................................................................................................... . Using the following TL1 command... RMV-EQPT::<STBY-ADCM>.................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-34 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................... .........................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ........... E........................... for port................................................................... delete the standby ADCM.....X..........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................................................................... 7 Using the following TL1 command............................................................................. 8-34)... DLT-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-T1-<port>.................. RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1. RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-2............... remove the standby ADCM to shutdown the ALGPv2 applications on the ADCM to be removed..... DLT-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2-E1-<port>........ complete the following steps................. ............................................ delete the AMCSS7......................................................................... DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1............. DLT-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-T1-<port>...... Substitute the correct value.. ....................................... 2 Using the following TL1 command.................................................. DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-2.............................. 8 Continue to “De-growing ADCMs” (p. remove the AMCSS7.................................................................................................... 6 Using the following TL1 commands.................................... ....................... DLT-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-1-E1-<port>............................................................................................................................................ N D O F S T E P S De-growing ADCMs To de-grow (remove) ADCM blades from the MGC-8 chassis................. RMV-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-1.......... DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5-AMCSS7-2....................... DLT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-6-AMCSS7-1.................................................................

.................................................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................................. 6 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows...........................................Active state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S ............................ THEN ............................................. 3 Using the following TL1 command.......................................... ............................................................................................ MIcmd switch vc NO Go to Step 9 ................................................ RMV-EQPT::<ACT-ADCM>................................. ......................................................... MIcmd state vc Verify: • • • state of MI virtual cluster is A ........................................................................................................ 8 Then run the following command again to verify...................................................................... create_ht .................... ........................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-35 255-400-022R9......................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Run the following command for the health check.....................Standby ...... 9 Run the following command to save the backup files.................................................................................... 7 Was the primary VM standby? IF ................. DLT-ATCA-EQPT::<STBY-ADCM>.................................... remove the active ADCM to shutdown the ALGPv2 applications on the ADCM to be removed............. ......................................................... 5 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X................................................................................. DLT-ATCA-EQPT::<ACT-ADCM>........................................ 4 Using the following TL1 command.............. MIcmd state vc ...... ......Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A ................. YES Run the following command to switchover.............................. .......................................... ........................................... ................................................................................................... ........................ delete the active ADCM...............

..Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ......................................25.....14]: 5 Removing the following line(s) from MTCE data: qd05-s00c05h0.............................................log Type 'y' to begin host degrowth..........data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system...................................... 13 Run the following LCP tool on the OS of the blade with OAM server functionality....................25...........................................9........ rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname) .............................X..............local.............FMO16JB..........5..local..........................96...... health --test all ...........0.......... Enter the SHELF number [0-1]: 0 Enter the CARD number [1..... 12 Check the result using the following command...... You can use ^C (control-C) at any time to safely abort this interactive script...........................qd05s00c05h0...NA........node......10................. type 'n' to exit host degrowth:y ....................log You could manually tail sim.........................................qd05s00c06h0.......... rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname) ..................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-36 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.....log after SIM begins by: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim............FMO16JB.................... lcp_hostdegrow Figure 8-1 Example Run the following LCP tool on the OS of the the blade with OAM server functionality.................NA...................NA qd05-s00c06h0............ Enter the shelf and card number for one side (A or B) for the host pair..............RPCMHDDA....................data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim................................................................................NA servicetype=adcm shelf1=0 card1=5 shelf2=0 card2=6 ALGPv2 start de-growth rule checks ALGPv2 de-growth rule checks successfully You are now ready to begin SIM..............80........................................64...node.......... 11 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command..............X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................10..NA....................RPCMHDDA.....................NA....... The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.........6....................0.........64..........data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv...................................A................................. # lcp_hostdegrow lcp_hostdegrow is a tool used to prepare sim host files /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host........................0......data for de-growing one card pair..................0.......6.....................B.....................................................

............................. 16 Enable MI switchover as follows....................................................................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ............................................................................... E...................................................................................................................................... 14 Tail the sim...........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......................................... If you continue........................................................................................................... tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim....................................................................................................................................................... rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host $(hostname) ............xml source data directory: /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostdegrow log file: /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim........................................................................................................ N D O F S T E P S .........................................................log .................................... 17 Now the LED on the de-grown blades has turned blue and it is safe to remove the blades................................................................... 15 Re-run the following command to save the backup files..................................log to verify that the de-growth procedure succeeded until you see COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'lcp_hostdegrow apply'.............................log ............................................. create_ht .. Ready to 'apply' the sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure from the beginning: Continue? (y/n) y Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostdegrow --action apply --no_prompt '....................................................... ****************************************************************************** * Software Installation Manager (SIM) * ********************************************************************** ********* rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostdegrow/lcp_ hostdegrow....................................log *** WARNING *** The sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure will be '(re)applied' from the beginning......................................................................................................................... To monitor the sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure's log file use: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim. no further actions will be allowed based on the procedure's current state....................................................................................................X....................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-37 255-400-022R9..........................................

.................................... ................................................... De-growing ACCMs Note: This procedure is not applicable for a co-host MGC-8 chassis............................................................................................................................... 8-34) and complete procedure before continuing with the following steps..... 6 Was the primary VM standby? IF ....................... ............Standby ............................................................. remove the standby ACCM to shutdown the ALGPv2 applications on the ACCM to be removed......................... ............ ..... ....................................................... ........................................................................ 2 Using the following TL1 command.. ................................. THEN .........................................Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A ........................................................................................................ RMV-EQPT::<STBY-ACCM>........... NO Go to “De-growing ADCMs” (p..................................................... 4 Login to the blade with OAM server A functionality as root......................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-38 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....X....Active state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S .......... ........................................................................................................ THEN ........................................................................................... MIcmd state vc Verify: • • • state of MI virtual cluster is A ....... ..............Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ............................................ ................................................................................................ .......X Issue 12 July 2015 .......... ........................................................................................... ................................................. complete the following steps.......................................................................... To de-grow (remove) ACCM blades from the non-co-host (standalone) MGC-8 chassis...................................................... 1 Have you already removed the ADCM blades? IF ........................................... YES Continue to the next step.................... 3 Run the following command to shutdown the ALGPv2 applications on the active ACCM to be removed: pkill -9 emf ....................................... 5 Verify that the blade with OAM server A functionality is the active MI as follows.............................................................................................................................

.. 8 Run the following command to save the backup files......................................................................... Enter the shelf and card number for one side (A or B) for the host pair.........Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure .................................................................................................................................................................... MIcmd state vc .data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_tim......................................................................................................................................................................................... # lcp_hostdegrow lcp_hostdegrow is a tool used to prepare sim host files /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_host....................................................................................................................................... MIcmd switch vc NO Go to Step 8 .............................................X........................................................................................ 11 Check the result using the following command................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 Run the following LCP tool on the OS of the blade with OAM server functionality..........................................................6.................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 8-39 255-400-022R9......................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .....................................................................9.........data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_system.....data /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/data/mtce_srv.................................................... rcc_adm --action disp_inhibit --host $(hostname) .................. create_ht .. You can use ^C (control-C) at any time to safely abort this interactive script.................................................data for de-growing one card pair.........14]: 5 Removing the following line(s) from MTCE data: .......... YES Run the following command to switchover....... rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host $(hostname) ............................................................................................................ 7 Then run the following command again to verify.............................................................................................................. 10 Disable MI switchover by executing the following command..................................................................................................................... 9 Run the following command for the health check.............................................. Enter the SHELF number [0-1]: 0 Enter the CARD number [1....................... health --test all ...

...........NA...5.................. no further actions will be allowed based on the procedure's current state......log You could manually tail sim....................................25................ 15 Enable MI switchover as follows......................X Issue 12 July 2015 .FMO16JB..........................X............... Ready to 'apply' the sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure from the beginning: Continue? (y/n) y Executing ' sim --proc lcp_hostdegrow --action apply --no_prompt '. To monitor the sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure's log file use: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim.....log to verify that the de-growth procedure succeeded......................Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades De-growth procedure ........................FMO16JB...................................A............................ tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim. qd05-s00c05h0..................................0.................. create_ht ......xml source data directory: /var/opt/tmp/lcp_hostdegrow/var/opt/lib/mtce/ data data directory: /storage/sim/data/lcp_hostdegrow log file: /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim..log after SIM begins by: tail -f /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim............................NA servicetype=adcm shelf1=0 card1=5 shelf2=0 card2=6 ALGPv2 start de-growth rule checks ALGPv2 de-growth rule checks successfully You are now ready to begin SIM........................................................................ until you see COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'lcp_hostdegrow apply'...............................96.........80............................ rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host $(hostname) ...................log ......qd05s00c06h0.....................................64...............................................NA................. type 'n' to exit host degrowth:y ******************************************************************************* * Software Installation Manager (SIM) * ******************************************************************************* rules file: /opt/LSS/share/sim/rules/lcp_hostdegrow/lcp_ hostdegrow..................log *** WARNING *** The sim 'lcp_hostdegrow' procedure will be '(re)applied' from the beginning......node........local..RPCMHDDA..10......................NA qd05-s00c06h0............NA................64................................qd05s00c05h0..........................0........ If you continue..........0....................................25.6........ 14 Re-run the following command to save the backup files...............10.......log ............... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 8-40 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....................................................log Type 'y' to begin host degrowth.......... 13 Tail the sim........................ The SIM log is /storage/sim/log/lcp_hostdegrow/sim......RPCMHDDA...NA.local...............................0.........................................................................B.....................node.......

Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades

De-growth procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

16

Now the LED on the de-grown blades has turned blue and it is safe to remove the blades.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
8-41
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades

De-growth procedure

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
8-42
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

9

9rovisioning of ALGPv2
P
blades

Overview
Purpose

This chapter provides instructions for provisioning (initial) the AxCM blades, configuring
the AMC SS7 cards for signaling functionality, and also provides information on how to
perform some tests.
Contents
Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades

9-2

Provisioning AMC SS7 cards

9-9

Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks

9-11

Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting

9-15

Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which it
communicates

9-18

What’s next

9-19

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
9-1
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades

Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades
Introduction

Complete the following sections to provision the ACCM and ADCM blades.
Procedure

Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board
unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y. It is N by default.
The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet
localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1. Then the user can log on using the
ACT-USER command.
Complete the following procedure to provision the ACCM blades.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1

Execute the following command on blade 1, in order to enable ACCM/ADCM services.
/opt/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 --action enable_service
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2

Is the MGC-8 a non-cohost (standalone) or co-host configuration?
IF . . .

THEN . . .

non-cohost
(standalone)

Log into blade 1 or 2. Then SSH to the active and standby ACCM blades.

co-host

Log into blade 1 or 2.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3

Enter the following command to reboot each blade.
reboot
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4

If the blade was rebooted, wait until it comes up to complete this step.
Verify that emf is up in each blade as follows.
pidof emf
Figure 9-1 Example of a successful response
<mh52-s00c04h0:root>/root:
< pidof emf
11461<mh52-s00c04h0:root>/root:

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
9-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

............ substituting the user or login name for uid and the password for pid.............................................. enter the command act-user::uid:::pid............... ...... telica 2012-07-31 23:01:23 0 REPT EVT SESSION "telica:N............ . * M telica 2012-07-31 23:01:23 0 COMPLD ........................................ YES Continue to the next step...........................................X................................... The pid will display as asterisks (*)........................................................................... ................... 1999-2014 Alcatel-Lucent Inc............................................................... /* NOTICE: This is a private computer system................................................ ACT-USER::telica:::telica.. ............. NO Contact Technical Support..................................................... Once the dialogue starts........... THEN ......Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades ....... The default uid is telica and the default pid is telica................ 6 From the OS of the odd ACCM blade... hit escape key once to get the Telica prompt...... Figure 9-2 Login example Telica> act-user::telica:::******............................ Unauthorized access or use may lead to prosecution........................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 . ............... enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to establish a TL1 session with the odd ACCM blade....... 5 Did you receive a successful response message from each blade? IF .......................................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................... Telica> .................... Last login: Wed Aug 31 22:52:21 2011 Session Identifier: [telica-19] Total number of active sessions for user telica is 1 This is the WORKING System Processor */" /* REPT-EVT-SESSION */ ....................................................... 7 In the TL1 session..................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-3 255-400-022R9.

.......... ................ SSH to the even ACCM blades............. ..................... .................................................... co-host Log into blade 2....... THEN ................................................. ..................................... non-co-host (standalone) From the OAM-server.......................... .............................................. substituting the user or login name for uid and the password for pid...................... The pid will display as asterisks (*)........................................................ 10 Is the MGC-8 a non-co-host (standalone) or co-host configuration? IF .......................................................... .............................................................. ........................................................................................................................................... hit escape key once to get the Telica prompt..................................... 12 In the TL1 session.......................... ................ ............................... 9 Execute the CANC-USER command to terminate the TL1 session............................. ................................................................................... The default uid is telica and the default pid is telica...................... ........ ACT-USER::telica:::telica............................................... Once the dialogue starts....................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........... Telica> ...................... THEN ....Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades ................. 11 From the OS of the even ACCM blade............... enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to establish a TL1 session with the even ACCM blade..................X................................ enter the command ACT-USER::uid:::pid................................................. .. 8 Is the ACCM identified as WORKING or PROTECTION? IF .............................................................................................................................. ..........................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .... CANC-USER................................ ...... The login screen should identify the ACCM as WORKING............................................. WORKING Go to Step 13 PROTECTION Continue to the next step.......

.......SIGAIPV4FLOATING=NULL.. SIGAFAILOVERTMR=NULL........................ .. SIGAIPV4FIXED=NULL.......... SIGAPORT= REAR_GE0............. telica 2012-12-28 14:54:03 M 0 RTRV "SHELF-0-ACM-3:VIRTUALSLOT=NULL... 14 Enter the RTRV-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command to verify that the ACCM blades are coming up IS................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-5 255-400-022R9.....POOLID=NULL........ ED-SYS-SECU:::::TELNETACCESS=Y..... NO Continue to the next step. ...... if on Worksheet 2....SIGBPORT=REAR_GE1................................ NVMEMTHRESHOLD=NULL............... the front ports can also be used............... the transport interface is designated as “Both Front Interface-0” the EMPORT must be “FRONT_GE0”....................UAS&STBYH" ...MEMTHRESHOLD=NULL....... ............ SIGAFAILOVERTMR=NULL........... EMIPV4FLOATING=NULL......................................... .......................SWVERSION=NULL............................MODULETYPE=NULL.................SIGAIPV4FLOATING=NULL...........................................EMIPV4FIXED=NULL........... and sigb interface if necessary...........................SIGBFAILOVERTMR=NULL:IS.................................................................UAS&ACT" "SHELF-0-ACM-4:VIRTUALSLOT=NULL.............. 13 Do you want to enable telnetAccess? By default telnetAccess is disabled IF ................................. NVMEMTHRESHOLD=NULL....................REDUNDANCY=NULL........................ The ACCM/ADCM mgt0 must use the same transport that the OAM Server uses as its management subnet (and must be in the same subnet)...............POOLID=NULL... For example.......................... SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL............... Example: ED-ATCA-CHASSIS:telica::100::CHASSISTYPE=ATCA_VSG_MGC.........................SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL.............................SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL.EMFAILOVERTMR=NULL........................SWVERSION=NULL....... UAS&ACT/STBYH RTRV-ATCA-EQPT.............. .......SIGBIPV4FLOATING=NULL....... SIGAIPV4FIXED=NULL.................................SIGBFAILOVERTMR=NULL:IS................ YES Enter the following command to enable telnetAccess....SIGBIPV4FIXED=NULL..EMIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL............. siga.........EMPORT=REAR_GE2................................ 15 Note: The recommended installation is to use the rear ports.............................EMIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL............BUSYTHRESHOLD=NULL.. however....EMIPV4FIXED=NULL.SIGBIPV4FIXED=NULL................EMFAILOVERTMR=NULL....... SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=NULL........ EMIPV4FLOATING=NULL...MODULETYPE=NULL................ ...... THEN .....X..MEMTHRESHOLD=NULL..REDUNDANCY=NULL.............................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........... CARDTYPE=NULL.........BUSYTHRESHOLD=NULL... CARDTYPE=NULL..........................SIGBIPV4FLOATING=NULL.................................................. ........... Enter the TL1 command ED-ATCA-CHASSIS to assign the port for mgt0.Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades ........

.... 17 Run the following TL1 command to reset the blades for the provisioning to take affect......... • • If you enabled telnetAccess in Step 13............SIGBIPV4FLOATING=152. command will terminate all dialogues with the ACCMs.............171.........X..185........X.................................. Example: ENT-ATCA-EQPT::shelf-0-acm-4:::MODULETYPE=3CM02859BB..... 16 Run the ENT-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command (twice) for each of the ACCM blades to be provisioned......................X................148......SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=22.........................188............148.............................. .X..................... 196..196.......................186............196.....148.......148..........EM IPV4NTWKMASK= 22..196..................................X................ 1........................................196.REDUNDANCY=DX..............175.... If you did not enable telnetAccess in Step 13.....196............... Comment: Substitute the correct version for 9... Although you are required to run the ENT-ATCA-EQPT command twice......SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=22............ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................196....................148.....148.EMIPV4FIXED= 152..... ........X.................SIGAIPV4FIXED=152.... Then continue to the next step.X..Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades .......148.......... 196.............. Example: ENT-ATCA-EQPT::shelf-0-acm-3:::MODULETYPE=3CM02859BB.......170..................... ignore the last two characters.172. ........ you must execute Step 6 to Step 12 and then return to Step 20 .......... Note: Observe the following... 18 You must open a TL1 session.................148.......X...173..........EMIPV4FLOATING=152................. The INIT-ATCA-SYS.........176..........196......SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=22...X.......X..SIGBIPV4FIXED=152.................X...... SWVERSION= 9...................................174.............CARDTYPE=ACCM.............. Note: If you do not know the MODULETYPE run the ipmitool fru command to retrieve the Board or Product Part Number for the ACCM card..........CARDTYPE=ACCM..SIGBIPV4FLOATING=152..............148.196..................EM IPV4NTWKMASK= 22.POOLID =1.... Because the part number is twelve characters and the MODULETYPE must be ten characters.........POOLID =1.SIGBIPV4FIXED=152.......169..... 2...X........187.............EMIPV4FLOATING=152.SIGAIPV4FIXED=152......................................................... INIT-ATCA-SYS::1:::10...SIGAIPV4FLOATIN G= 152.............SIGAIPV4FLOATIN G= 152................. once for each of the ACCM blades to be provisioned........148....X.................. you can Telnet using the EMIPV4FLOATING address provisioned in Step 16....................196........EMIPV4FIXED= 152....................196............. you only need to run the INIT-ATCA-SYS command one time to reset both blades.148...........X Issue 12 July 2015 .X...X..................................148....... SWVERSION= 9.......REDUNDANCY=DX.X............SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=22............

...........................ACT and IS...........CARDTYPE=ADCM................................X.EMIPV4NTWKMASK=24..........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......... enter the command act-user::uid:::pid................................ The default uid is telica and the default pid is telica.................SIGAIPV4FIXED=10..21.............................. ......... ................xxx.........27.....168... ............................................. .................................................................... The blades will automatically reboot...... ........ 21 Note: If the switch is a VSG_MGC and already has M3UA or external M2UA provisioned..X.....SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=24..... RTRV-ATCA-EQPTSTATE........................................... YES Continue to the next step.11.......X..............SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=24..................... ................4...........POOLID=3......SIGBIPV4FLOATING=10............................................X........SIGBIPV4FIXED= 10..X............ 19 In the TL1 session. SIGAIPV4FLOATING=10..........SWVERSION= 9.... THEN ................................X.................... you use the same TL1 command (ENT-ATCA-EQPT) with the following changes: • • CARDTYPE=ADCM POOLID=<value greater than 1> Example: ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-5:::MODULETYPE=3CM02859BB.................175................................ Run ENT-ATCA-EQPT TL1 command for each of the ADCM blades to be provisioned......................11............................. Verify that the final status of the ACCM blades are shown as IS..X.... ..............175................STBYH.. To provision the ADCM blades... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-7 255-400-022R9................................ 22 Verify the status of the blades using the following TL1 command.......4....................................................................6........................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades ............................................. Repeat this step for other ADCM blades.................. ACT-USER::telica:::telica......................................... Comment: Substitute the correct version for 9............................................................................. then the ADCM(s) should be place OOS so the M3UA and external M2UA can be provisioned before the ADCM(s) is placed IS............. substituting the user or login name for uid and the password for pid....X..................X................... NO Go to Step 22...................................27............................REDUNDANCY=dx.....X....... ....xxx......... .............6..... 20 Do you need to provision ADCM blades? IF ................21.....................EMIPV4FIXED= 192................X...............

............. 23 Verify the properties of the chassis using the following TL1 command.....................................ACT and IS.............................................................................. RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS............... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................................................................................................................................................................................................STBYH and then continue.............................................. N D O F S T E P S ............................................................................................................................................................... E................ ..............................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ......................................................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provision the ACCM and ADCM blades ..............X....................................................... Repeat this step until the blades show a status of IS...............................................................................................................

...................................................................................... ...... The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1.................................... 1 Do you know the moduleType of the card? IF ............................................................................................ • For the processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP)................................... ipmitool fru ...................... ... by entering the following TL1 commands ........................... ............................................................ .. Provisioning AMC SS7 cards Before you begin The AMC SS7 cards provide the signaling functionality and can be provisioned on both ACCM and ADCM blades.............................................................................................................................................................................................. provision the AMC SS7 card for Release 9................................................................X.................................................................................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-9 255-400-022R9......................................................................................................................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provisioning AMC SS7 cards ........................ 2 Connect the cable to the CP port of the card for which you need to know the moduleType and then enter the following command.......................... Then log on using the ACT-USER command............................... .......................................... YES Go to Step 4 NO Continue to the next step...................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...... Then the user can log on using the ACT-USER command...................X.................................. 5 Using TL1........................................................................................ 4 From the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1............................................. 3 If DS1s or E1s will be used....................X................................................................................................. It is N by default.......... THEN ................................................ .. ensure the cables are connected correctly ................................. .................................................... the AMC SS7 iSPAN3640 AMC product part number is H03640001A0X Procedure Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y....

.............................................. 9-11)...............REDUNDANCY=SX:IS...... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......................... YES Go to “Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks” (p............................................................................................... 9-19)............................. CARDTYPE=AMCSS7............................ .................. Part IX: Provisioning a MGC-8/VSG........................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ........................ . Example: ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-4-AMCSS7-1:::MODULETYPE=H03639011C................ ........................ ... NO Go to “What’s next” (p.................................................................................................. NO Continue to the next step.............. 7 Do you want to provision the T1s or E1s? IF ................................................................ Example: ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1:::MODULETYPE=H03639011C............................................... .................. .... 6 Do you want to test the T1s or E1s using loopbacks? IF ....................................................................................... E....................................................................................... ... .. YES Go to Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Operations Guide....................... . Provisioning Modules of a MGC-8......Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Provisioning AMC SS7 cards ............ THEN ...... CARDTYPE=AMCSS7.........X................................................. Chapter 75..... 255-400-000................ N D O F S T E P S ..REDUNDANCY=SX:IS....................... THEN .... ..........................................................

........................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .............................................................................................................................. Before you begin You should have knowledge of entering TL1 commands and of their usage.................................... ..................... Unit level testing of connections verifies wiring and installation and test the integrity of the looped ports of modules......................................... 3 Enter the blade to be tested using loopbacks with the ENT-ATCA-EQPT command.......................................... • Blades to be tested must not be provisioned • • You know the distance from the equipment to the cross-connects...................X....................... 255-400-002........................................... for example................ • • • Laptop or PC ESD wrist strap Test set for loop testing The following must be true...................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-11 255-400-022R9......................................... This procedures assume that the chassis and modules have been properly installed and that power........... You know the default line parameters........... These procedures should be completed before the modules are provisioned for service........................................... system responses in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide...................... .................... 2 Enter the RTRV-INFO-EQPT command Example: RTRV-INFO-EQPT::SHELF-0–ACM-2–AMCSS7–1...... You can determine these by retrieving the line parameters.......................................................... You must have the following equipment..................................... command or you can reference the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA TL1 Commands Reference Guide... Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks Summary This procedure provides the steps to test a non-traffic carrying switch equipped with DS1s or E1s.................................................... or RTRV-E1::SHELF-0–ACM-5–AMCSS7–1.................. Executing loopbacks ................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks ........ 255-400-002.......................................................................................................... signaling and alarm cabling have been connected.......... using the RTRV-T1::SHELF-0–ACM-5–AMCSS7–1...... 1 Ensure you have logged into a TL1 session.............................................. You can find more information about TL1 command syntax....... ....................................................................................

..X Issue 12 July 2015 ....................[TMGREF=<tmgref>].............................FMT=SF............................................................................................................ Syntax: ENT-T1:[TID]:<ds_id>:[CTAG]::[EQLZ=<eqlz>].........X............................................ NETWORK should only be used if there is no timing provided by the T1/E1 (DS1) line....... 6 Put the port in loopback by issuing the OPR-LPBK-T1 or OPR-LPBK-E1 command with the parameters for your loopback........ [IFTYPE=<iftype>]:[<pst>].............. .................................................................................. • • IFTYPE should be set to USER since the MGC-8 ATCA chassis does not support a Building Integrated Timing Supply (BITS) source............................................................................ Syntax: OPR-LPBK-T1/E1:[TID]:<lpbk_id>:[CTAG]::[<locn>]..................... Example: OPR-LPBK-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1.[<sst>]..... Example: ENT-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-E1-2:::FMT=DF........................ Note: Observe the following.. 5 Verify the line entry by using the RTRV-T1 command.......... .......... Example: RTRV-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-E1-2.... [LINECDE=<linecde>].... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..[<lpbktype>]................................IFTYPE=USER:OOS.....................................[<orgn>]......................................... [LINECDE=<linecde>]................[OMODE=<omode>]...........[OMODE=<omode>]............................................ CARDTYPE=AMCSS7...[<sst>].............Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks .... Example: OPR-LPBK-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-2-E1-1.................[FMT=<fmt>]................................................................................. OMODE should be set to NORM during a loopback operation to avoid injecting AIS when the T1/E1 is OOS.. OMODE=NORM............................ Example: ENT-ATCA-EQPT::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1:::MODULETYPE=H03640001A00 .........LINECDE=HDB3.[FMT=<fmt>]....................IFTYPE=NETWORK:OOS..........REDUNDANCY=SX:IS........... [IFTYPE=<iftype>]:[<pst>]................... Example RTRV-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1.......OMODE=NORM.[TMGREF=<tmgref>].LINECDE= B8ZS..................................................... [<intext>]..... Syntax: ENT-E1:[TID]:<ds_id>:[CTAG]::[EQLZ=<eqlz>]...................................... ........ 4 Configure the T1 or E1 facility line out of service using the ENT-T1 or ED-T1 command or the ENT-E1 or ED-E1 command......................................... ................................ Example: ENT-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1:::EQLZ=0..................

...................... Example: RLS-LPBK-E1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-2-E1-1...................................................... Release the T1 or E1 loopback using the RLS-LPBK command..................................................................... 9 Did the test set run error free for the time specified by the customer's policy for the T1 or E1 line? IF ............................................................................ 7 Connect the test patch cables at the test set and at the cross-connect for the port to be tested.......... NO Verify port settings and cabling and go to Step 7........................................................................ Example: RLS-LPBK-T1::SHELF-0-ACM-3-AMCSS7-1-T1-1......... ............... ..... command..... NO Continue to the next step......................................LINE.................... ........... • • Connect the test set transmit (TX) output jack to the channel IN jack at the cross-connect.............................................................. ................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-13 255-400-022R9... .............................. ........................ ....... command to release the loopback.................... ............ ... ..................................................... ..............................................................................[<orgn>].......................................................[<lpbktype>]....... .................................................................................................................................. 11 Do you want to loop another port? IF .......................................................................................................... If you issue the OPR-LPBK-T1::XX:::FEND................ [<intext>]...........................................................................................LINE. 10 Note: You can only release a loopback with the same locn and lpbktype as the loopback that was initiated with the OPR command...................................... .............. 8 Configure the test set transmission controls according to the customer's policy for testing T1 or E1 ports..LINE.............................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............ Reference the test set's manual.. THEN ...... ............. not RLS-LPBK-T1::XX:::NEND.. you must use the RLS-LPBK-T1::XX:::FEND.....................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks ............ YES Go to Step 6... THEN ................................. Connect the test set receive (RX) input jack to the channel OUT jack at the cross-connect................................................................................ YES Continue to the next step. Syntax: RLS-LPBK-T1/E1:[TID]:<lpbk_id>:[CTAG]::[<locn>].X........................................................

................. ...................................... THEN ....... 9-19).............................................. Provisioning Modules of a MGC-8.................................................... NO Go to “What’s next” (p...................................................................... 255-400-000.................... ........................................................ E....................................................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Performing DS1 or E1 loopbacks .............. .... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.........................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .......................................................................................................................... ............. 12 Do you want to provision the T1s or E1s? IF .............................................................................................................................................. ................................. Chapter 75......X................................................................................. YES Go to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Operations Guide........ Part IX: Provisioning a MGC-8/VSG... N D O F S T E P S .....

..................................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting ...................................................16 Linux 2... ........................................... Example: root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# telnet localhost 2000 Trying 127............254....................................................... Connected to localhost.....localdomain.......................................................................................... 3 If FRONT_GEX is used as the management or signaling interface.............................. expander> ................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-15 255-400-022R9.....X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .............” The prompt does not need to be changed if the management and signaling interfaces are on REAR_GEX.........6........... switch to the “expander>” prompt........................................................ Example1: expander>2: base> Example2: base>0: expander> ......................32.............................. Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting Before you begin Use this procedure after the ATCA is connected to the network............. 2 Telnet to port 2000 of the interface..0....... Only one telnet session to port 2000 is allowed at one time..0...... Escape character is '^]'................................................................X........................0 (0600995) root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# .......................................................................................................................................................... Example: <mgc8-s00c01h0:root>/root: # ssh mgc8-s00c07h0-1 Last login: Tue Apr 10 07:21:30 2012 from 169.............................................................. Note: The “expander>” prompt is the default prompt for “telnet localhost 2000..................... switch to the “base>” prompt.. Check the MGC-8 management and/or signaling interface Note: Management and signaling interfaces are defined by ED-ATCA-CHASSIS in the section "Growth and provisioning of ALGPv2 blades.............................. If REAR_GEX is used.....................................................................10_mvlcge401-pc_target-x86_pentium3 #7 SMP Mon Oct 17 10:54:12 Welcome to MontaVista(R) Linux(R) Carrier Grade Edition 4...................1.................................... 1 Log in to the interface...................." Use the following procedure to verify that the MGC-8 management or signaling interface is set to full duplex mode....................................

...............X Issue 12 July 2015 ......................................................................................................... please contact Technical Support............................................................................................ then check the “speed/duplex” column of the management and signaling interfaces........................... 4 Use “ps” to list the interfaces' status.............................................................................................. go to Step 1 to check another interface............................. If both interfaces have been checked..........................................................................................X................................................ Theps command output is as follows: Table 9-1 Port to physical interface mapping Port Physical interface ge11 FRONT_GE0 ge10 FRONT_GE1 ge8 FRONT_GE3 ge0 REAR_GE0 ge1 REAR_GE1 ge2 REAR_GE2 ge3 REAR_GE3 ge6 REAR_GE4 Example: expander>ps ena/ speed/ max port link duplex frame ge0 up 100M FD ge1 down ge2 up 100M HD ge3 down ge4 down ge5 down ge6 down ge7 down ge8 down 1G FD ge9 down 1G FD ge10 down 1G FD ge11 down 1G FD ge12 down 1G FD ge13 !ena 1G FD ge14 !ena 1G FD ge15 !ena 1G FD ge16 down 1G FD link auto STP scan neg? state pause discrd SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward TX RX TX RX None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX lrn inter ops face FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA SGMII SGMII SGMII SGMII SGMII SGMII SGMII SGMII GMII GMII GMII GMII GMII GMII GMII GMII GMII 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 1518 .............................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting ......................... If any of them are set to half duplex mode........................... ........... go to Step 6........... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................................ If not...........

.................. root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# exit logout Connection to mgc8-s00c07h0-1 closed........................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S ...................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-17 255-400-022R9...................................................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the management/signaling interface duplex setting .......................................................................................... Example: expander>exit Connection closed by foreign host.......................................................................................................... ge17 ge18 ge19 ge20 ge21 ge22 ge23 xe0 xe1 down down down !ena !ena !ena !ena up !ena 1G 1G 1G 1G 1G 1G 1G 10G 10G FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD FD SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward TX TX TX TX TX TX TX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX None None None None None None None None None FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA FA GMII 1518 GMII 1518 GMII 1518 GMII 1518 GMII 1518 GMII 1518 GMII 1518 XGMII 16356 XGMII 16356 Note: ge2 (REAR_GE2) is in half duplex (HD) mode in the previous example............................................................................................................... ................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........................................................................................ <mgc8-s00c01h0:root>/root: E...................................................................................... 5 Exit from telnet and ssh......................................X........................................................................................

..... ....................................... 1 Check the IP address and network mask of the management/signaling interface on each ACCM and ADCM with RTRV-ATCA-EQPT...................................DISKCRITICALTHRESHOLD= 95.....................................130................................BUSYTHRESHOLD=85...........CARDTYPE=ACCM....16.........17..POOLID=1...................xxx...................... The user must first SSH ( ssh <hostname> ) to the ACCM blade.............................EMIPV4FIXED=192...84................. and then run “telnet localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1..................163.................xxx.................................................X.................................................SIGBIPV4FLOATING=10.................................. ...................16..... ............. 3 Does the NE stay in the same subnet with the management or signaling interface? IF .......84... ..............0...... Then the user can log on using the ACT-USERcommand...SP................17......DISKMAJORTHRESHOLD=85............ Check the network IP address(s) .Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which it communicates .17...84.................................................SIGBIPV4NTWKMASK=27.................... THEN ........ .EMFAILOVERTMR=180.. SIGAIPV4FIXED=10......168........131........................SWVERSION= 9.......xxx................ .....................SIGCFAILOVERTMR=180......NVMEMTHRESHOLD=70................. ......................1......SIGBIPV4FIXED= 10............EMIPV4FLOATING= 192...........SIGAFAILOVERTMR=180.....MEMTHRESHOLD= 90..........168..................... SIGBFAILOVERTMR=180....................2....................................: SHELF-0-ACM...........................................................REDUNDANCY=DX.SIGCIPV4NTWKMASK=28.. Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which it communicates Before you begin Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board unless the SYS-SECUcommand parametertelnetAccess is set to Y.........MODULETYPE=3CM03285JB...................SIGCIPV4FLOATING= 10...... if the ACCM has the following output.......................... YES Continue to the next step..114..84..........X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................... For example.........................1............84....................................162.......84.......... SIGAIPV4NTWKMASK=27... It is set to N by default.....................115... 2 Check the IP address of other NEs with which MGC-8 communicates................................EMIPV4NTWKMASK=28..................................SIGCIPV4FIXED=10...SIGAIPV4FLOATING=10......... NO Continue to theWhat's Next? section that follows..... ..............................xxx................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........2:VIRTUALSLOT=2.... 4 Use TL1 to provision an extra route for each pair of ACCM and ADCM using theENT-IPROUTEcommand......17........

........................... SIGDIPV4FIXED=NULL.....SIGDIPV4NTWKMASK=0........x.............................................................................. then the following command is needed:ENT-IPROUTE::SHELF-0-ACM-1-192...............SIGDIPV4FLOATING=NULL.....SIGAIPV6FIXED=NULL.............................................. which is 192..................xxx........................................ N D O F S T E P S What’s next Final activities Proceed to the next chapter to complete the final activities required for the field installation....................xxx.. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 9-19 255-400-022R9................................... Example: expander>exit Connection closed by foreign host................... ......... root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# root@mgc8-s00c07h0:~# exit logout Connection to mgc8-s00c07h0-1 closed............................x............................................................................ Note: The Gateway IP address should be in the same subnet as MGC-8 management interface and must be accessible.......................... <mgc8-s00c01h0:root>/root: E............Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades Check the network IP address of the MGC-8 and other NEs with which it communicates ...........8:::GATEWAY= 192........................................xxx/xxx.SIGBIPV6FIXED=NULL.....168........ SIGDFAILOVERTMR=180..............................................xxx........................................................................X.........GATEWAYPING=ENABLED....SIGBIPV6FLOATIN G=NULL.................... SIGBIPV6NTWKPREFIX=0:IS... the NE stays in the same subnet with the management interface................................SIGAIPV6FLOATING=NULL..................ACT And...........................................x..................................168.............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................ SIGAIPV6NTWKPREFIX=0......... 5 Exit from telnet and ssh. .............

.........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .......................X................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 9-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......................................................... ...........................................................................Provisioning of ALGPv2 blades What’s next .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .X..10 Final activities 10 Overview Purpose This chapter provides the procedures to follow for the final activities and graceful shutdown.................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-1 255-400-022R9................. be sure that you have read and completed all of the procedures defined in the chapters leading up to this one................................... ............................................ For a successful installation................................ Contents Introduction 10-1 Final activities 10-2 Graceful shutdown 10-5 What’s next? 10-6 Introduction Installation sequence Prior to executing the procedures in this chapter....................... it is important that the installation process is completed in the proper sequence...................................................

...... 2 Disconnect the Ethernet and serial cable from blade 1...................................... 1 Complete the following steps to complete the field installation........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Please note the following: • The SOL for the blades with OAM server functionality have been configured and activated as part of this procedure....................................................... ....................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 10-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................................... Using this type of protocol will cause port failure................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ...............................Final activities Final activities ........................................................................................................................... .................................. 3 Connect the cables from the customer network to the appropriate ports in the hubs......................... 2 Go to Tools > Internet Options ......................................................................................................................................................................... E....... ............................................. N D O F S T E P S Resetting the laptop and removing the exception from the browser This section provides instructions that will enable you to reset the laptop back to its original settings............................................ 5 Congratulations! You have successfully field-installed the LCP and ALGPv2 software........................................................................................................................................ the ports on the equipment that connects to the hub cards must have the spanning tree protocol disabled! Complete the field installation The procedures in this section take approximately 5-10 minutes to execute.................................................................. Refer to Appendix D for usage information........................................................ Therefore...... ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4 Connect the cables to the Base T port on the hubs (port x10) for SOL and SSH......................... ....... ............................................. 1 Open an IE browser window..................................... ............................................................................................................X........................................................................ • Refer to the Release Notes to see if any additional steps are needed...............................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................... Final activities Important! The spanning tree feature is not supported in the current ALGPv2 product...............

............................... ............................................ ..................................................................................................... .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. and click on the LAN Settings ......... 4 Click on the Advanced button on the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window..................................................................................................................................................................................... click on OK....................................... .......... scroll down and click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties and then click on Properties..................................................... .. .................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................. button......................... 3 Select the Connections tab on the Internet Options window........ 3 On the Local Area Connection Properties window................................................................................................. then click on OK............. “Prepare for the LCP installation” and will enable you to reset the laptop back to its original settings............................. right click on Local Area Connection and then click on Properties...................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 On the Network Connections window........................ ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7 Click on OK on the Internet Options window............................................................................Final activities Final activities .................................................. click on the Use an IP address automatically radio button.............................................................................................. 5 Back on the Local Area Connection Properties window.... 4 On the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP Properties window......................................................................... .................................................................................................................. E............................................................................ E.. 3-1) of Chapter 3................................................................................................................................................................................................X................. 5 Locate the Exceptions section at the bottom of the screen on the Proxy Settings window and remove the 169* entry........................ N D O F S T E P S ................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-3 255-400-022R9............. then click on OK...... 1 Click on Start > Settings > Network Connections.......................................................... 6 Click on OK on the Local Area Network (LAN) Settings window................................................................................. N D O F S T E P S Removing static IP from the laptop The following procedure will undo the setting changes that you performed in the “Mandatory prerequisite procedures” (p............................................................................................................................. ....................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................... right click on Local Area Connection and then click on Properties...................................................................................................................................................Final activities Final activities ......................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S Reformatting the usb drive back to “windows environment” Complete the following steps to restore/reformat the usb drive back to the windows environment........................................................................ Right-click on Administrative Tools and click Open......................................................................................................................... E..................................................... Verify the partitions of the USB drive as shown below............................ click on the Use an IP address automatically radio button..... ............................................................ (maybe expanded already)............................................................................. 1 Click on Start > Settings > Network Connections............................................................................. ........................... d............................................................................................. 4 On the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP Properties window........................................ click on OK.. .................. Right-click on Computer Management and click Open.................................................................................................... Double-click on Disk Management............................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 10-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........................... 2 On the Network Connections window.................................... 3 On the Local Area Connection Properties window...... ................................................................................... a..............X.................................................................................................................................. scroll down and click on Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties and then click on Properties...... 5 Back on the Local Area Connection Properties window.. f........ ........................................... Click on Start > Settings > Control Panel.............................................................. then click on OK... 1 Insert the usb flash drive into the laptop pc.......... click on the ‘+’ to the left of Storage on the Computer Management window............................................................................... b................. ................................. c............. 2 Delete partitions............................................................................................ e............. Reformatting the usb drive back to “windows XP environment” The following example procedure applies to a laptop running Windows XP....................... .................................................................................. .....................................................................

.................. 270-702-030 manual for instructions on how to perform this operation....................... Accept all defaults by clicking “Next” (5 times) and then “Finish”....... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 10-5 255-400-022R9...................................... Select “Delete Partition…” and answer Yes...... E..................................... Right-click on remaining partition (Unallocated) and select “New Partition …” A new “New Partition Wizard” window appears...................... i..................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..................... Remove the two “Primary Partitions.................................................................................................................................... .................................. Please refer to the Power Management chapter of the Alcatel-Lucent 5400 Linux Control Platform Hardware Maintenance.................................... g...Final activities Final activities ............................................................. N D O F S T E P S Graceful shutdown Power management If you need to power down the system (for example.............................. The USB drive will now be reformatted back to the earlier format.... Please refer to the related customer documentation for instructions on how to perform this operation........................... because you staged the customer system in a different location and you now need to power it off for shipment to the customer).... h............... it must be done in a graceful and orderly manner..............................................................X................................................”: Place the cursor on the either of the “Primary Partition” and then right-click.......

................. “Growth and de-growth of ALGPv2 blades”........ “Upgrade scenarios and procedures”..X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................ If you need to upgrade or patch the software................................................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 10-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........... What’s next? Upgrade scenarios If you need to remove blades from the chassis.................................................... refer to Chapter 11......................X.. ............Final activities What’s next? ........ refer to Chapter 8..............................................................................................................................................

........ 11-15) procedure.......... Additionally.......... If you are upgrading only the ALGPv2......... refer to the "Upgrade the ALGPv2 software" section............ stop supervision for the MGC-8 Network Element from the COM prior to the upgrade........... you will perform the “Upgrade the ALGPv2 software” (p.....11 11 Upgrade scenarios and procedures Overview Purpose This chapter describes the various upgrade scenarios applicable to upgrading LCP and ALGPv2 software on the MGC-8..... Note: This chapter contains a number of Software Installation Manager (SIM) step examples.... it provides the procedures necessary to complete each type of upgrade..... Refer to the “Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software” (p. software........... The actual number of SIM steps required may vary depending on the configuration.... and supervision... you will use an offline database conversion tool to perform the cold upgrade.........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ... If you are performing a cold upgrade....... If you are upgrading both LCP and ALGPv2........... software.... Once the upgrade is complete and before restarting supervision...................3............... Contents Upgrade scenarios 11-2 Upgrade requirements 11-2 ................ Upgrade notes Note: When performing a hot upgrade from R8... you will perform the “Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software” (p.0 and higher........ 11-20) procedure...........................X.... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-1 255-400-022R9...... 11-6) procedure.............. If you are upgrading ALGPv2 only....... check that the correct versions of LCP and MGC-8 are selected....

...X....... Upgrade requirements Upgrade sequence and LCP software format Blade with OAM server functionality must be updated prior to performing an upgrade of ALGPv2 blades......... Complete “Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software” (p................zz where: • rr is the Release number • xx is the Major number • yy is the Minor or Maintenance number • zz is the Patch or Sub number The upgrade procedures in this chapter assume that you are upgrading to the LCP version for this release and ALGPV2.............X.... 11-15) procedure........... Complete “Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software” (p................................9..........................xx................. Depending on how the LCP software is to be upgraded..X or greater.................................................... The LCP side provides the script or API to update the LCP base platform software on the application service hosts....... • • • Scenario 1 — Both the LCP base platform software and the ALGPv2 software require upgrade.....yy.Upgrade scenarios and procedures Overview ........ 11-6)............................................................................ the following upgrade scenarios are possible...... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9. The LCP software versions follow the format of Rrr....... Complete “Upgrade the ALGPv2 software” (p..........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 . All scripts will be run on the blade with OAM server B functionality.................................. 11-20) procedure..... Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI 11-3 Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases 11-4 Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software 11-6 Upgrade the ALGPv2 software 11-15 Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software 11-20 Upgrade scenarios LCP and ALGPv2 upgrade scenarios The MGC-8 software comprises both the LCP base platform and the ALGPv2 software..ATCA. Refer to the MGC-8 System Release Notes for the LCP release number.....................X.............................. Scenario 3 — Both software releases requires a cold upgrade............ ............................ Scenario 2 — Only the ALGPv2 software requires an upgrade.....

......................... Verify that the rmtadm account was created successfully on the MGC-8 OAM Server B................... log in as rootto OAM Server B................... go to the /storage/loads directory on OAM Server B to verify that the software was downloaded.... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-3 255-400-022R9.........................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI ................. .............................. Verify that the SSH configuration task was performed successfully..................................... Refer to Appendix D in the COM NE Software and Data Management User Guide for information on how to configure SSH to support communication between the following accounts without a password: COM:root -> OAM Server B:rmtadm and OAM Server B:rmtadm -> COM:sxmcftp Download software from the COM repository server Procedures for downloading the LCP and ALGPv2 software using the COM GUI can be found in the COM NE Software and Data Management User Guide........................................... Unmanage or stop supervision for the MGC-8 network element from the COM before upgrading LCP and ALGPv2.. the following tasks must be performed and verified: 1........ Use the upgrade procedures described in the following paragraphs to upgrade your software...................................... Upgrade the software using the COM cut through window Perform the following tasks to upgrade the LCP and ALGPv2 software: 1...X............ From the COM cut-through window............................................... Refer to the COM NE Software and Data Management User Guide part number 255-400-462 for information.......... Before performing a software upgrade from the COM GUI................... 2................. 2................ 3.................................. Downloading and upgrading NE software using the COM GUI Prerequisites The COM GUI can be used to download the LCP and ALGPv2 software.... Once the download is complete....X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...........................

......................... although the standby side is on a higher or lower release.................................... COM will send the TL1 with normal format......................... COM will send the TL1 with the lower release format.. it triggers rollback............. when provisioning on the standby side... it will trigger a rollback................................ If a failure occurs................ The TL1 commands in the DNR list must be sent in a normal format without replication.......... Provisioning TL1 not in DNR list on COM GUI • When provisioning TL1 commands that are not on the Do Not Replicate (DNR) list on the active side in active-active GR or active-standby GR..... The provisioning operation is successful only if the operation succeeds on both sides.......... no replication will happen........... it will result in rollback to the other side........ – • The COM will block the provisioning operation when a peer switch is in a synchronization process........ The COM will send the TL1 commands to both sides even if one side or both sides require synchronization. Note: The user must only change parameters and values that are supported on the lower release to ensure successful replication between the two MGC-8s..............X.. – – If a GR pair is on the same release.......... when provisioning TL1 commands on the standby side................................. or provision a new TLI that is introduced on the new release.. If a GR pair is on the same release....................... The user must not attempt to change a new parameter............ COM will send the TL1 with the lower release format................ COM will send the TL1 commands to both sides of MGC-8 GR pair irrespective of the GR pair being on the same or different release...... In an active-standby GR mode........... so rollback will not occur.................... – – – • If a GR pair is on a different release............... When the active side is unreachable....... If a failure occurs on one side................... – If a GR pair is on a different release. although the TL1 is entered from higher or lower release... Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases Purpose This section describes the provisioning mechanism during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases.................... select a new ENUM on an existing parameter... when provisioning on the standby side.X Issue 12 July 2015 .............................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......Upgrade scenarios and procedures Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases ... ............... COM will send the TL1 with normal format. COM must send the TL1 with normal format when provisioning on the standby side........... If a TL1 failure occurs on one side.....

......................................... Note: When the GR pair is on a different release.............. ED/DLT-CAS-TRK.................. – Provisioning TL1 commands through the TL1 craft interface while the peer switch is unreachable... Roll back does not occur when replication fails.................. TL1s in the DNR list • The TL1s are not replicated to the peer side....... – • Provisioning TL1 commands through the TL1 craft interface while the switch is not synchronized on COM ......................................X................. causes replication to fail....................... Using a lower release TL1 format in bulk-download script may result in a successful replication....................... even if the operations are successful on the TL1 craft interface............. the replication fails........ results in provisioning operations not reflecting on COM................ Scenarios that do not support Rollback • • • TL1 is entered through the TL1 craft interface Bulk-download operation – When the GR pair is on a different release... results in the provisioning operations reflecting on COM and the replication is also successful. the TL1 must be replicated to the peer switch..................... When doing bulk-download on the active switch in active-active GR mode or active-standby GR mode...........Upgrade scenarios and procedures Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases ................... ED/DLT-IVT with more than 1 record .................. The TL1s are not replicated to the peer side when provisioning on the standby switch in the active-standby GR is through the TL1 craft interface.................... Provisioning is successful on one side by default. Run the GR difference to resolve the difference after the peer switch is reachable.............. The replication will not occur either... the replication fails if the TL1 entered on the switch is not accepted by its peer switch............................... if the TL1s in the script are not accepted by the peer switch............... Large data with bulk operation on COM does not support roll back..................... – Provisioning TL1 commands through the TL1 craft interface while the switch is synchronized........... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-5 255-400-022R9...... it is not recommended to do a bulk-download on COM....... Special TL1 commands.... ED/DLT-BICC-TRK.................. – ED/DLT-SS7-TRK...........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ......... Provisioning through the TL1 Craft interface TL1 commands not in DNR list • When provisioning TL1 commands on the active side through the TL1 craft interface in active-active GR or active-standby GR mode....

.................................. The user must first SSH (ssh <hostname>) to the ACCM blade and then run “telnet localhost 2361" or “telnet 0 2361” to access TL1..... An acceptance test plan contains tests required to validate a successful update..... Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software Upgrade Scenario 1 Complete the following procedures to upgrade both the LCP base platform software and the ALGPv2 software (Scenario 1)........................................ “Installing the MGC-8 software” (p..............................05 to 25...... Evolution key information is available in QDI document 52114................... Then the user can log on using the ACT-USER command.........31. .... 1-5) for directions...................................................................................................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ......X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................15................X....................... If you need to download the files........ The scope and/or capabilities covered by the test are left to the discretion of the user........ An acceptance test plan should have been created.... ................... The evolution key is also not needed when the first six digits of the LCP platform software version do not change.....31........................ 1 As root..... Stage the server Attention: Software Evolution Key for Upgrading the LCP Platform Software A hot upgrade evolution key is required for an LCP platform software upgrade.................. Attention: Software License for the ALGPV2 Software A software license is required to use the ALGPV2 software................ For example an upgrade from 25. FTP the LCP/ALGPV2/DEFT zip files to the /storage/loads directory on the MI-B (OAM Server B). The test plan should be broad enough to ensure that all functions will work prior to and after the update....................... Complete the following steps to stage the server for the upgrade............. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......15.............. Note: Telneting for TL1 access is denied from anywhere outside the local board unless the SYS-SECU command parameter telnetAccess is set to Y........................................................................ refer to Chapter 1........................ Use the latest version... Information on how to obtain a software license is described in Appendix G: Software License Key Delivery Infrastructure (LKDI)......... It is N by default..................... This key is not required for the initial field installation of LCP software..................06 will not require an evolution key.......... You must know the LCP version from which you are upgrading and the version to which you are upgrading to determine the required key....... “System requirements”............

..................9.XX to R25.............zip file...15.............15...zip file. deft_R24............... you will need the deftC_R24. Note: The LCP software upgrade tool requests that only the files listed below for the current upgrade be present in the /storage/loads directory on MI-B...............LCPXX...15.....zip which must be unzipped to obtain ALGPV2. ........X....._R25.........................15.... you will need the deftC_R25.Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ....XX.zip file.....X.XX.........._R25...XX..13.15.XX.XX (ATCA...... 2 Verify the blade with OAM server B functionality is standby by entering the following command...10............. which is optional at this stage but recommended. R25......... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-7 255-400-022R9.15. – • R24....11......zip file.....12..XX..XX_R25._R25..X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 . you will need the ...txt)......XX.....15.. which is optional at this stage but recommended......) The MGC-8 Software License file (MGC8LicenseFile.........XX to R25.RXX.. you will need the deftC_R24......21... R25...... to R25...15..XX......................15.....zip file.XX.....10......XX.X......15..XX (See following. you will need the deft_R25.....XX....zip file.XX..26.........XX..............XX...XX...15.....ATCA...........zip) ATCA...zip file.............XX....XX.XX............15......XX.....15......15....._R25..XX. you will need the deftC_R23.....13......15..................26.... to R25.tar....15..XX...._R25..............29........ Files to download: • • • • 9-X-X-X for MGC-8 .....XX....21.................. R25..........XX................ to R25..15...........XX_R25.XX...XX...15.. to R25...XX... – R23.. The deft or deftC file to be used depends upon the upgrade path. If you are upgrading from • One major release to the next one.... you will need the deftC_R25.. A minor release or patch such as: – – – – – – R25.....XX.....XX. you will need the deftC_R25......XX_R25.......XX.XX to R25.. R25..29....15.... The MGC-8 Software License file (MGC8LicenseFile..... – R24.X....XX.XX....... (ALGP9XXXX...........XX to R25.................................XX. to R25..11........ ..12..RXX....txt).....zip) ATCA.X.........DEFT.........15....XX.....XX.......zip file........... you will need the deftC_R25.....XX..zip file.....XX_R25.. If multiple monolithic zip files are found for either LCP or ALGPv2.........15.... such as: – R24......... the LCP software upgrade script will fail and request a clean up of the extra files.XX......15.....

............. 5 Verify the health of the system................. ......... 6 Backup the LCP system on MI-B as follows....................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ....................................................................................................................................................................... YES Continue to the next step................................................... Then from the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1........... bkup_system ....................... NO In a second window........... 7 Are you logged in to use TL1? IF ...........................X.................................. ............. log into MI-B as root................................................................ ...............................................Active state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S ......... 8 Verify the chassis type is ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC.. ......... THEN .................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... health --test all ..... 4 Log into MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) as root..........Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A ...................... Then log on using the ACT-USER command.......................................................................................................................... .................................................. .....................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ............................................. YES Continue to the next step...... ........................ as follows: rtrv-atca-chASSIS.................. NO Enable an MI switchover by entering the following.......................................................................................................................................................... THEN .................................................... . ............................................... ...................................................................... MIcmd switch vc ........ 3 Is the blade with OAM server B functionality in Standby? IF ............................................... .......Standby ................................................................ MIcmd state vc > MIcmd state vc state of MI virtual cluster is A ...........................................

........TELNETACCESS=N.................. ALMQTMO=0.......PASSWDCHGFREQ=20-HR...................... SIGCIPV4DFLTGW=NULL....EM1IP=NULL.EMIPV6DFLTGW=NULL....EMPORT=FRONT_ GE0.....XFERPRTCL=SFTP..............................TMOUT=30.... M 0 COMPLD "COM:CHASSISTYPE=ATCA_VSG_MGC.X............ Verify that ED-SYS-TL1 PROMPTMODE=Y... SIGDIPV4GWPING=DISABLED............ rtrv-sys-seCU M 0 COMPLD "COM:MAXINV=5..SIGAIPV4DFLTGW=NULL.....................SIGBIPV4DFLTGW=NULL.............PASSWDMINLEN=8...SIGDPORT=REAR_GE4.........PASSWDEXPALERT= 7........................................IPFLTRCONNTRACK=Y........ EMIPV6GWPING=DISABLED" /* RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS */ If the chassis type is not ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC.. PASSWDMINLOWERCASE=1...............TCPCONNENABLED=Y......................EMPORT=2362......PASSWDMINDGTS=1............ SIGBPORT=REAR_GE2..SIGDIPV4DFLTGW=NULL............................ PASSWDMAXCHARPREVPWD=3................. 5060mgc8_2 2014-03-28 09:24:44 M 0 COMPLD "COM:TLNTCNTRLOPT=Y...SIGDIPV6GWPING=DISABLED.................... ........ SYSTEMID=BS0915U09SU...........PROMPTMODE=Y" /* RTRV-SYS-TL1 */ ..................................TL1INTRUSIONPOLICY=BLOCK&FREEZE. SIGBIPV4GWPING=DISABLED.SIGAPORT=REAR_GE1............ ............TL1PASSWDCOMPLX=ENHANCED.........................LOC=NULL...DURAL=0-0-30..............EMTOS=NULL................ALMQPORT=2363....... INTERNALBTS=N....SIGAIPV4GWPING=DISABLED.. enter the following command to set PROMPTMODE=Y: ED-SYS-TL1:::::PROMPTMODE=Y..............DNSIP1=NULL....................SIGCIPV6DFLTGW=NULL... .............PRELOGINTIMEOUT=2.........................SIGBIPV6GWPING=DISABLED...................... Telica> RTRV-SYS-TL1................AUTHPOLICY=LOCAL-LOCAL........... stop the HUG procedure and change your chassis type..PASSWDMINUPPERCASE=1............... use TL1 to change it to N............ the SIM tool needs to have PROMPTMODE=Y (ESC key required to invoke the telnet session)..... PASSWDMINSPECIAL=1..............EMIPV4DFLTGW=NULL....UPGRADESTATE=NORMAL......................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software .......PASSWDMAXCHARREPEAT=1....... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-9 255-400-022R9....PASSWDMAXCHARSEQ=2......DNSIP2=NULL...........................SIGBIPV6DFLTGW=NULL.SIGATOS=NULL...... TL1PASSWDMAXREUSE=6......... 9 Verify that the IP filter is disabled..EMIPV4GWPING=DISABLED....................................................CLLI=NULL.......SIGCIPV6GWPING=DISABLED.................... To ensure the upgrade completes successfully..............IPFLTRENABLED=N...... SIGAIPV6DFLTGW=NULL............. SIGDIPV6DFLTGW=NULL..................... 11 Verify any scheduled backup is disabled........ EVENTINTERVAL=150........SIGCTOS=NULL.............. ed-sys-seCU:qd08::100:: IPFLTRENABLED=N.......INACTIVELOG=60.EM2IP=NULL...........................ACTTMOUT= 0......DNSNAME=NULL...................... RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT M 0 COMPLD ........................SIGAIPV6GWPING=DISABLED.....................HEARTBEAT=0............. SIGBTOS=NULL... 10 Verify prompt mode for TL1 is enabled.......SIGCPORT=REAR_GE3.SIGCIPV4GWPING=DISABLED..... If the PROMPTMODE=N.....PASSWDMAXCHARUID=2.........................MAXSES=1" /* RTRV-SYS-SECU */ If the IPFLTRENABLED parameter is not N.......SIGDTOS=NULL..............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..........

..........0-0.....................0-1.. .........22-30........ <username>................................................................ 255-400-019 for alarm clearing information.X Issue 12 July 2015 .... [<tmout>]...............................30.............. ftp........... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide .......................newsys.. evaluate and clear them as necessary........ use TL1 to disable it SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR.............................0-1......................... RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3.. Syntax: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:[<TID>]:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<desthost>...root.......................................... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide.....................xxx. rtrv-conD-ALL.......[<xferPrtcl>]............... If there are outstanding alarm............... If there are outstanding conditions.. 12 Verify there are no outstanding alarms................./home.......................... ..................................... "COM:24-HR.. rtrv-alm-ALL...............................................................X...................... use TL1 to change it to inhibited................. M 0 COMPLD "SHELF-0-ACM-3:0-HR.............Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ......... If a scheduled backup is not disabled.................. Note: The following is an example.................[<suppressoutput>]........................................168..........0-0................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......................................................................................... evaluate and clear them as necessary........ 255-400-019 for condition clearing information...................ALW" /* RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT */ If a scheduled exercise is allowed................. 14 Verify if a scheduled exercise is inhibited.xxx..................... ..30" /* RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT */ ......... ........................................................ALL........................... ...SWTOPROTN..............................................................................................30..... 13 Verify there are no outstanding conditions............................................................................................................<destdir>........................................... inh-ex-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3.....0-0.............. 15 Run the following TL1 command to back up the ALGPv2 data..........22-30.... Example: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:::::192....................<password>................................09-23................... You should use the correct values for your application... Telica> SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR.....

..................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-11 255-400-022R9..................XX................................................... .............................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ......................X. Ready to 'apply' the sim 'update' procedure from the beginning: Continue? (y/n) Press y to continue .......... 18 Run the LCP pre-install procedure under /storage/loads on MI-B...................................................................................................................................................................... 16 Note: This step should be executed on MI-B while logged in as root..................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...................................... enable cpm by entering the following commands....... .... YES Continue to the next step..................... ........................................................ ............................................................................... zipinstall /storage/loads/ATCA...................... 1 Run the disk procedure as follows.............. NO On the active the blade with OAM server functionality......................... 17 Was 'CPM activated = 1' displayed? IF .............................................................................................. 2 Follow the sim log for progress.......................................................LCPXX.......................... ............................................................XX............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. sim --proc update --action apply The following message appears................................................................................................... Run the following........................................................................................ Determine if CPM is enabled by entering the following command......................................zip --action update_setup E............................................... cpmconf_adm --action show_activated .............................. ... The sim has a manual pause point for verify start.................. scdw_adm --action pre_enable_cpm scdw_adm --action enable_cpm ..... THEN ..................................XX.............................................................................................................................. N D O F S T E P S Update the server Update the blade with OAM server B functionality (MI-B) as follows: .........................................

...................................................... Pause messages Action MI-B rebooting SIM will automatically resume............. Where noted............................................................X...........................log During this step............. ........ MI will reboot..... in the second window.......................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.............. Re-login to MI-B and continue to tail the sim log........................ Note: The log might show that SIM aborted due to a MGC-8 health check failure..... Perform any soak/sanity tests contained in the Acceptance Test Plan to verify that the capabilities provided by the components running on the new release function as expected...........] Perform the following steps... type:sim --proc update --action resume in the SIM ProcessWindow PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(VERIFY_SOFTWARE): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue............... If a customer decides to go ahead with the software upgrade despite the health check failure...................... they should run the following command and then resume SIM....... Open a second window for MI-B... 1.................................... 3 Follow the sim log for progress............................................ When the above manual procedures are done......... enter sim --proc update --action resume....................................... PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(CP_WARNING): Use 'sim -proc update --action resume' to continue................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ........ 2....... This command needs to be entered twice for there will be two pause message for resume...Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ............. tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim................................... /storage/su_backup/LSS/Rxxxx/su/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 -action ignore_alarm (Rxxxx is higher version of LCP which you upgrade to) .............. resume SIM by entering sim --proc update --action resume in the SIM ProcessWindow Firmware Update triggering MIB rebooting SIM will automatically resume....................................] Resume SIM.............. SOAK TESTING: SIDE-B service hosts...... Refer to the following table for pause points.......................................... In such cases customers need to evaluate the failure carefully....

............... N D O F S T E P S Commit the server update Complete the following steps to commit the upgrade (make the software upgrade official)................................................. after acceptance testing..................................... SOAK TESTING: All service hosts and duplex network boot hosts.. get_version --display mi_b .................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ..... Pause messages Action PAUSE_REQUEST: (COMMIT) * Ready to Commit the 'Update' and update the ShMC and Hubs! Perform the following steps.................................................................... Perform any soak or sanity tests contained in the Acceptance Test Plan to verify that the capabilities provided by the components running on the new release function as expected......................... If...................................... proceed immediately to the Software Backout section............................................................] PAUSED: (COMMIT) Dispatched commands are complete............ To make the Software Update official. ............................. E.......................................................................... 2 Then run get_version to verify that MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) is on the new LCP load.................................X............................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-13 255-400-022R9.........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................... the Software Update can be permanently installed (made official)..................................................................... 2.... it is desired to back out of the Software Update... 328 of 343 sim steps completed (95%) ............. When acceptance testing is complete.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... SIM328 PAUSE_REQUEST: (COMMIT) [PAUSE(COMMIT): Use 'sim --proc update --action commit' to continue...................................................................................... 1 Continue to follow the sim log in the first window till the following pause message appears......... 1................................................................................................... continue with the commit.......

............................................ 5 Continue to follow the sim log in the first window till the following pause message appears....................................................................................................................................................... .................. E......................................... The following message appears...... THEN .......Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NO Contact Technical Support... ............................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................................................................................... ........................ 4 In the second window........................... YES Continue to the next step............................. run sim --proc update --action commit This will boot MI-A (the blade with OAM server A functionality) to the new LCP load........................................................................................................... SIM342 [ALL SIM update STEPS HAVE COMPLETED!] (update:1996) COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'update commit' type=hot 343 of 343 sim steps completed (100%) ....................... 255-400-400 the “Manage an Element after Upgrade” section for additional configuration information.........X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................................................................................................................................................... ............ Refer to the COM and MGC-8 Configuration Management User Guide.................................................X..................... You have completed upgrading both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software.......................................................... Ready to 'commit' the sim 'update' procedure: Continue? (y/n) ..................................... ... 6 Stop......... ...................................................................................................................... 3 Is the new version correct? IF .... N D O F S T E P S ...........................................................................................................

..........................Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A .. you need to complete the following procedures....Active state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S ............... This step is optional but highly recommended................................................... MIcmd state vc > MIcmd state vc state of MI virtual cluster is A ..........x................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................................................. 2 Verify that MI-B is in standby mode......................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-15 255-400-022R9............. Preparing for the upgrade ........................................................................................... If you are upgrading ALGPv2 software only............................................................................. .............. Upgrade the ALGPv2 software Introduction Note: Upgrades • • If you upgraded both the LCP and ALGPv2 software..................txtto the /storage/loads directory on MI-B. as follows.............................X..... 1 Log into MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) as root............................................................ because both the LCP and ALGPv2 software were upgraded in the “Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software” (p.................................................................................. 5 Run the following procedure to zip install the ALGPV2 load onto both MIs...........................x..................................................................................x.........................................................zip to the /storage/loads directory on MI-B and complete the following procedure................... perform a switchover by entering the following command: MIcmd switch vc ....................... 4 FTP the monolithic zip file ALGPV2............................................. .............................................................................................. 3 FTP the MGC-8 Software License file MGC8LicenseFile....................................................................ATCA.............................................. appl_setup --action pre_install ........................ 11-6) procedures.........................................Standby If not...... ........................................................................... you can stop here...............................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software .....................................................................x..................................................................................

..... SIGAIPV6DFLTGW=NULL.....SIGCIPV6GWPING=DISABLED.....................................SIGBIPV6DFLTGW=NULL.SIGAPORT=REAR_GE1. 7 Verify the chassis type is ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC................... NO From the OS of the active ACCM blade and enter the following: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1...... INTERNALBTS=N.....SIGDIPV6GWPING=DISABLED........... .........SIGBIPV4DFLTGW=NULL. TL1PASSWDMAXREUSE=6.......TCPCONNENABLED=Y......... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9...............PRELOGINTIMEOUT=2.........PASSWDMINLEN=8............................... THEN .......SIGCPORT=REAR_GE3.................. as follows: rtrv-atca-chASSIS..................... rtrv-sys-seCU M 0 COMPLD "COM:MAXINV=5..................PASSWDEXPALERT= 7... EMIPV6GWPING=DISABLED" /* RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS */ If the chassis type is not ATCA_VSG_MGC or ATCA_MGC.....EMTOS=NULL..................................SIGDPORT=REAR_GE4........PASSWDMINDGTS=1..................SIGAIPV4DFLTGW=NULL........... SYSTEMID=BS0915U09SU............ YES Continue to the next step.... stop the HUG procedure and change your chassis type...........SIGAIPV4GWPING=DISABLED.... SIGCIPV4DFLTGW=NULL...PASSWDMAXCHARREPEAT=1...........................................SIGAIPV6GWPING=DISABLED..............UPGRADESTATE=NORMAL.............................XFERPRTCL=SFTP..........EMPORT=2362......... PASSWDMINLOWERCASE=1.. .......... ALMQTMO=0.... ed-sys-seCU:qd08::100:: IPFLTRENABLED=N......LOC=NULL.....TMOUT=30...MAXSES=1" /* RTRV-SYS-SECU */ If the IPFLTRENABLED parameter is not set to N..............HEARTBEAT=0........ ............ SIGBTOS=NULL....... SIGBIPV4GWPING=DISABLED...........................................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software ........ PASSWDMINSPECIAL=1........X..............EM2IP=NULL..........................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..AUTHPOLICY=LOCAL-LOCAL......... M 0 COMPLD "COM:CHASSISTYPE=ATCA_VSG_MGC.. .......................PASSWDMAXCHARSEQ=2.... .................................. SIGBPORT=REAR_GE2......PASSWDCHGFREQ=20-HR..........ACTTMOUT= 0..............EMIPV4GWPING=DISABLED................EMIPV6DFLTGW=NULL............................... PASSWDMAXCHARPREVPWD=3..TL1INTRUSIONPOLICY=BLOCK&FREEZE............SIGDTOS=NULL..PASSWDMAXCHARUID=2... .SIGCTOS=NULL........ALMQPORT=2363...EMIPV4DFLTGW=NULL........................SIGBIPV6GWPING=DISABLED................... use TL1 to set it to N............ 6 Are you logged in to use TL1? IF ...........................SIGDIPV4DFLTGW=NULL........................TELNETACCESS=N.............DURAL=0-0-30....PASSWDMINUPPERCASE=1.....................INACTIVELOG=60... ......... EVENTINTERVAL=150....EM1IP=NULL..EMPORT=FRONT_ GE0.. 8 Verify IP filter is disabled..DNSIP2=NULL..... ............DNSIP1=NULL..SIGCIPV6DFLTGW=NULL...... SIGDIPV4GWPING=DISABLED...........CLLI=NULL...................................... SIGDIPV6DFLTGW=NULL................IPFLTRENABLED=N.DNSNAME=NULL....IPFLTRCONNTRACK=Y...SIGCIPV4GWPING=DISABLED..........TL1PASSWDCOMPLX=ENHANCED.......................... Then log on using the ACT-USER command..........SIGATOS=NULL.

........................0-1.................. Telica> RTRV-SYS-TL1....................................................................................................................SWTOPROTN.09-23..................................22-30............................................................. .....................................................................................................................0-0........................ M 0 COMPLD "SHELF-0-ACM-3:0-HR....0-0.............................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-17 255-400-022R9............. evaluate and clear them as necessary........... To ensure the upgrade completes successfully......... inh-ex-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3........0-0.................... RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT:qd08:shelf-0-acm-3....................... Telica> SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR................................................................................ . 9 Verify prompt mode for TL1 is enabled.X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................. 5060mgc8_2 2014-03-28 09:24:44 M 0 COMPLD "COM:TLNTCNTRLOPT=Y.................. use TL1 to change it to inhibited............... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide 255–400–019 for condition clearing information..............................................................................ALW" /* RTRV-EXSCHED-EQPT */ If a scheduled exercise is not allowed..........................PROMPTMODE=Y" /* RTRV-SYS-TL1 */ ................................. If there are outstanding conditions....................................................... If there are outstanding alarm......... rtrv-conD-ALL....................... 13 Verify if a scheduled exercise is inhibited............. RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT M 0 COMPLD "COM:24-HR...............................................................................................................30....... .X. If a scheduled backup is not disabled.... 11 Verify there are no outstanding alarms..................... enter the following command to set PROMPTMODE=Y: ED-SYS-TL1:::::PROMPTMODE=Y........................ rtrv-alm-ALL............................................................... 10 Verify a scheduled backup is disabled.........ALL.......................................... 12 Verify there are no outstanding conditions...............................30" /* RTRV-BKUPSCHED-EQPT */ ........................................................................... .......Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software ....................... use TL1 to disable it SCHED-BKUP-EQPT:::::::24-HR......................... evaluate and clear them as necessary.......................0-1........................ If the PROMPTMODE=N.......22-30.. ...... Verify that ED-SYS-TL1 PROMPTMODE=Y........................ ......................... Refer to the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alarms and Troubleshooting Procedures Guide 255–400–019 for alarm clearing information....... the SIM tool needs to have PROMPTMODE=Y (ESC key required to invoke the telnet session)..........30.........................

.......... 1 Log in to the SIDE-B MI services host as root...log Note: The log may show that SIM aborted due to a MGC-8 health check failure.....X...................................X to higher software You will perform this procedure if you only do an ALGPv2 upgrade (no LCP software change) from 9.............................. Note: The following is an example..............................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-18 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................ ................................................<password>....................................... Example: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:::::192................[<suppressoutput>]......................................... You should use the correct values for your application.......................................X to higher software ..................................................... ftp....................................................................... Syntax: EXEC-BACKUP-CFG:[<TID>]:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<desthost>..... they should run the following command............................ tail -f /storage/sim/log/mgc8_update/sim........................... 2 Enter the following command....................................... ....... In such cases customers need to evaluate the failure carefully.......... 14 Run the following TL1 command to back up the ALGPv2 data......................X................................... ......... E...xxx........ N D O F S T E P S Upgrading ALGPv2 only software from 9..................................................................................................................................log file with the following command.................. Ready to 'apply' the sim 'mgc8_update' procedure from the beginning: Continue? (y/n) Press y to continue.... <username>................................................ [<tmout>]......................................X.......<destdir>......................................................................................168.................................................newsys......................[<xferPrtcl>]..................X.............................xxx.........................X.........../home....................... /opt/ALGPV2/sbin/mtce_mgc8 --action ignore_alarm ..... 3 Monitor the update by tailing the sim...............................................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software ..........root... sim --proc mgc8_update --action apply The following message appears............................ If a customer decides to go ahead with the software upgrade despite the health check failure...........................................................................................................................................................

.............................. sim --proc mgc8_update --action resume .............................................................................................................................................................................X to higher software........................ Re-login in MI-B and continue to tail the sim log for the progress........ N D O F S T E P S ..... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-19 255-400-022R9.... enter the following command..................... SIM104 [ALL SIM mgc8_update STEPS HAVE COMPLETED!] (mgc8_update: 614) ************************************************************ SIM PROGRESS (mgc8_update apply): ************************************************************ 105 of 105 sim steps executed (100%) ************************************************************ COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'mgc8_update apply' .............1............................................. 6 You have completed ALGPv2 upgrade from 9.......................................................................X...........................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Upgrade the ALGPv2 software .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. during this step..............................................................................................X.................................................................... MI-B will reboot...................... 5 Note: For co-host......................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..................... ............................................................................................................................... E................................................... 4 If resume SIM is needed.. Continue to follow the sim log till the following pause message appears........................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................. 5 Run the following LCP pre-install procedure under /storage/loads on MI-B to zip install the load.............................................................. 4 FTP the LCP/ALGPV2/DEFT zip files to the/storage/loads directory on MI-B.........................................Standby If not.....................txt to the /storage/loads directory on MI-B. 2 Verify that MI-B is in standby mode...............xx...................................................Upgrade scenarios and procedures Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software ...................................................xx............................................. as follows....... 3 FTP the MGC-8 Software License file MGC8LicenseFile............................................................................................................ ........................ follow the LCP upgrade procedure.............................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-20 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9......................................................LCPXX.... ........................................................................................................................X..... This step is optional but highly recommended............................................. Refer to QDI#52114 for the LCP upgrade path and corresponding evolution key...................... MIcmd state vc > MIcmd state vc state of MI virtual cluster is A ................................... Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software Introduction This procedure uses an offline database backup tool to perform a cold upgrade of LCP and ALGPv2 software........... Performing the cold upgrade .............................. .............................................................................................................. 1 Log into MI-B (the blade with OAM server B functionality) as root................................. 6 Change directory to: /storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9..............................................................................................................................................xx.....zip --action update_setup .......................................................................... zipinstall /storage/loads/ATCA...... perform a switchover by entering the following command......................................Active state of MI host alternate virtual machine is S ...............x........................X Issue 12 July 2015 .xxx/sbin .................................. MIcmd switch vc ........................................................................................ Follow the LCP upgrade procedure to upgrade the LCP software.................................................................................. Note: For a cold upgrade of both LCP and ALGPv2...........................Active state of MI host primary virtual machine is A ................

................................................................................................................................................................../mtce_mgc8 --action config --var skip_all LOG:mtce_mgc::config set skip_all to 0 ............................... 7 Stop MGC–8 service on all blades...........xxx/sbin: # ....................... Clean up the configuration of mtce_mgc8 b...........x..... the health check will fail............. Enter the following command: .............. there will be no way to change the config back..................... For example: #+BEGIN_EXAMPLE <qd11-s00c02h0:root>/storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9........................................... Clear the flag using the following command: #+BEGIN_EXAMPLE <qd11-s00c02h0:root>/storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9.......... Health check mgc8 Since mgc8 service is already disabled.................. This is needed to make sure MGC–8 will not reboot the ACCM/ADCM cards during the LCP software upgrade............................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 11-21 255-400-022R9......... ..................................x. Resume SU using the following command: sim --proc update --action resume Follow the sim log for progress using the following command: tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim............. it will pause (fail) at mtce_mgc health check sim --proc update --action apply SIM will evoke mtce_mgc to: a.....Upgrade scenarios and procedures Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software ..xxx/sbin: # ....... 2.........../mtce_mgc8 --action config --var skip_all --value 1 LOG:mtce_mgc::config set skip_all to 1 #+END_EXAMPLE 3............................................................................................. Set flag "skip_all" to tell mtce_mgc8 to do nothing. Otherwise.......... Note:"config" should always be enabled.......... 1........ This failure is expected.............. 8 Cold upgrade LCP base platform software...............................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...........................X.......................... Start SIM to upgrade LCP and wait............................. Use the following command to commit the LCP update: sim --proc update --action commit 4..log Follow the sim log for instructions...................................................................../mtce_mgc8 --action disable_service ................................

...................................................... N D O F S T E P S .............zip #+END_EXAMPLE E..Upgrade scenarios and procedures Cold upgrade LCP and ALGPv2 software ................................3...........................xxx........................................................................................................................................................... 9 Cold upgrade the ALGPv2 software: #+BEGIN_EXAMPLE qd11-<s00c02h0:root>/storage/su_backup/ALGPV2/9................................/coldupgrade /storage/loads/ALGPV2.......X..................xxx/sbin: # ....X Issue 12 July 2015 .......................ATCA................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 11-22 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..........................................................................................................................................................3...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................9........................ #+END_EXAMPLE ..........................................................

If a failure occurs and you want to revert back to the previous software version.....X..... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-1 255-400-022R9..... upgrade the peer working-working GR MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2)... Note: In this procedure.... Note: While MGC-8's in a GR pair are being upgraded and are on different releases..X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........... Important! This procedure may require multiple maintenance windows to complete. Some provisioning commands that are normally replicated cannot be supported while the MGC-8s are on different releases............... This is a high level procedure that will direct you to detailed level procedures (DLPs).. The MGC-1..X or higher. Once you complete a specific DLP............... over to the peer MGC-2................... Perform the following steps: • Upgrade MGC-1 • • Test calls and allow MGC-1 to operate for a specified length of time If the MGC-1 is operating normally......................12 12 Upgrade working-working GR switches Overview Purpose This procedure provides steps to upgrade the working-working geographic redundant (GR) MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG switches to version 9......... This command forces control of all MGWs.......... where the command is executed............. you must return back to the procedure that directed you to the DLP to continue............ perform an administrative failover by executing the SW-TOPROTN-MGC command on MGC-1...........X....... independent of the MGW group.... The commands that are not supported for provisioning between any two releases are documented in the releases notes........ the two working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG are referred to as MGC-1 and MGC-2.. provisioning is supported through COM........................ • .... enters the PROTECTION role.....................................

................. Contents Upgrading working-working GR switches 12-2 Upgrading working-working GR switches Before you begin This procedure assumes some basic understanding of the operation of the Alcatel-Lucent Gateway Platform switches............... you must only use the TL1 commands indicated in this procedure............ Reverting to a previous software version: – Perform an out-of-service software change on the MGC-1 to change it to the original software version.... Your UNIX/Linux workstation......... PC or laptop can act as an FTP server.. The following statements must be true: • • • • • Your UNIX/Linux workstation.............................. This procedure assumes that the geographic redundant switch information job aid for MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG has been completed with the IP information and Provisioning information for the switch tables labeled Working-1 and Working-2 ........................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 12-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................Upgrade working-working GR switches Overview .. Your UNIX/Linux workstation..................... – Execute DLP-896 .. This DLP forces control of all the MGWs in the peer MGW group on MGC2 over to the peer MGC1 (Failback).... PC or laptop has Ethernet connectivity to the switches...................... During this procedure........... where the software was backed out........................................... are performed during the execution of this procedure.........Administrative Failback of a working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG.......... PC or laptop has an IP address...........................X..................................) If retrieving or setting IP addresses for the MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG you must know a valid administrative account and password............................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................ (Obtain IP addresses from the system administrator or by entering the RTRV-ATCA-EQPT command............................. The IP addresses of the MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG are known......... using TL1 commands or the COM............................ ................ NOTICE—Service-disruption hazard! Service outages can occur if provisioning activities........

........ • No: Try to resolve configuration states discrepancies.. Once this procedure is complete..... Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2)........ Follow MGC-8 software upgrade procedures as per Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Install and Upgrade Guide .................... please contact the technical support team for your country....... Check status and test calls on MGC-1... 3............... 3.. Verify configuration data on MGC-1 and MGC-2 are synchronized............ If you have questions regarding this procedure or are directed to contact Technical Support............com/support and selecting Lucent Global Support......... Ensure you are logged in............... Are the configuration states ok? • Yes: Continue to the next step......... 4...................................... Make test calls of different types and then execute the RTRV-PM-CC command to verify that the number of answered calls increments........................ “Upgrade scenarios and procedures................” 2.. you can locate the correct number by going to https://www................................ Execute “DLP-887: Verify configuration states for MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG working-working GR” to verify the configuration states (this DLP checks configuration states on both MGC-1 and MGC-2)............ Check status and test calls on MGC-2... Command Example: RTRV-PM-CC.Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches ........................ If you are unsure of who that is. Upgrade working-working GR MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-1) 1. Completing the procedure This procedure has the following parts which should be completed in order: 1..” Check status and test calls Verify configuration states: 1.................................... go to Step 3 otherwise go to Step 6... Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-1)..................................... 2......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ......................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-3 255-400-022R9.... 2... continue to the next procedure “Checking status and testing calls.......... Is the number of answered calls incrementing? .... Go to Technical support phone numbers on the lower right of the screen and select your country and then click Go......................................alcatellucent.... Note: Pick originating CIC’s that are controlled by MGC-1 such that MGC-1 handles the call............. 4.............. If they can be resolved...X... 5.........

........... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 12-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9...... 8......................................... to change it to the original software version..Administrative Failback of a Working/Working Geographically Redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG....... Is the switch operating satisfactorily? • Yes: The switch is operating satisfactorily...X...........Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches ........ You have completed this procedure part.............. Perform an out-of-service software change on the MGC-1 MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG...... “Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2)...... 11. • No: The switch is not operating satisfactorily.... Execute “DLP-896 ......... Contact Technical Support if you need help.. 5...................... Is it your company’s policy to allow the switches to operate under newly upgraded software for a specified period of time before continuing? • Yes: Wait that specified time period before continuing to step 6..” Upgrade working-working GR MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-2) 1..............” 10. Continue to step 7 7............. • No: Go to step 11.... 2............” This DLP forces control of all MGWs on the MGC-8 over to the peer MGC-8 (Failover)......... Continue to step 11........................................... Execute administrative failover on MGC-1 (SW-TOPROTN-MGC) using “DLP 897 Administrative Failover of a Working/Working geographically redundant MGC-8/VSG or MGC-8 switch.......... Continue to the next procedure.......” This DLP forces control of all MGWs in the peer MGW group on MGC–2 over to the peer MGC–1 (Failback)....... Is the switch operating satisfactorily? • Yes: Continue to the next step...................... You have completed this procedure..............X Issue 12 July 2015 ........... as perRapport MGC-8 Install and Upgrade Guide “Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software............... 6............................................................................... Follow Step 1 in “Upgrade working-working geographically redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSGs (MGC-1)” to perform an upgrade on MGC-2... you are finished with MGC-1................. 9. where the software was backed out... Do you want to failover to the peer MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG (MGC-2) that is still running the starting version of software and rollback to the previous version of the software on MGC-1? • Yes: Continue to step 8........... Continue to the next part “Check status and test calls on MGC-2...” ............ You are done with MGC-1...... • No: Contact Technical Support for help................ This procedure is complete. • No: Go to Step 6.......

................................ “Synchronizing the configuration data of a working-working geographic redundant MGC-8 or MGC-8/VSG” Note: MGC-1 and MGC-2 should be running the same software version when DLP-889 is executed....................................................................... Verify configuration data on MGC-1 and MGC-2 is synchronized 1..................... Follow Step 1 through Step 11 “Check status and test calls................... You have completed this part of the procedure.. substituting references of MGC-1 for MGC-2 and MGC-2 for MGC-1 2............................................................................................................. ........................................................ 2........... You have completed this procedure part for MGC-2....... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 12-5 255-400-022R9...................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...............Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches ................................................ Check status and test calls on MGC-2 1.................. Verify configuration data on MGC-1 and MGC-2 is synchronized by executing DLP 889..........................X..............

...................................................................................X............................................................................................................................................Upgrade working-working GR switches Upgrading working-working GR switches ..................... .................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 12-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..........................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .........................

.................................... Note the following.... • To perform a back out or roll back.X....... Rollback is used to back out a committed update and backout is used to back out an uncommitted update........... • The backout or rollback process does not require a data evolution because the data from the previous release is already stored on the local boot service hosts...................... • • Contents Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software 13-2 Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade 13-7 Backout MGC-8 only upgrade 13-12 ...................... contact the next level of Technical Support............ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-1 255-400-022R9................ it is not possible to go forward until it completes........................... The rollback and backout procedures are similar only for the MGC-8...................13 13 Rollback and backout procedures Overview Purpose This chapter provides procedures to roll back or back out of an upgrade.......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............... Rollback is different from backout.. Certain backout and rollback scenarios result in the loss of call processing..... Ensure to complete the backout or rollback process......... After a rollback or backout process begins...........................

.....................................................................X...... Before you begin Perform a database backup before the upgrade......................log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log....... you cannot rollback the software................................. Procedure Perform the following steps to roll back to the previous release: ...................... after completing the software upgrade successfully..............................................................log Output example: 13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM081 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:385) 13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM082 [* WARNING: Ready to Activate the Previous Software!] (update_rlbk:388) 13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM083 [* Call Processing will be Affected beyond this point!!!!] (update_rlbk:391) ......................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................ tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim..................................................................................................................... If you save the database backup to an external server.......... 3 Run the Software Installation Manager (SIM) tool to rollback using the following command: sim --proc update --action rollback ............................... Perform this procedure....................................................................Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software .................................................................................................................................................... If any blade replace or FRU is done after an upgrade.............. 4 Run tail sim........................................ ..................................................................................... 2 Unlock the rollback function with the following command: mtce_platform --action rollback_unlock .......................................... Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software Introduction This topic describes the procedure to roll back to the previous release...................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................................................... if you want to return to the previous release.................................. the ACCMs IP address need to be restored prior to restoring the MGC-8 from the backup on the external server...................... 1 Log in to the MI-B (OAM Server B)....................................................................................................

..................................................................................] (update_rlbk:533) 13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM115 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:536) 13/07/01 21:29:14 13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM116 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(VERIFY_ SOFTWARE): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue..................................log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log........................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................... 6 Run tail sim.................................................................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-3 255-400-022R9..X...... 13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM084 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:394) 13/07/01 21:18:45 13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM085 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(CP_ WARNING): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue................................................................ ..................................... tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim...log Output example: 13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM113 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:530) 13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM114 [* Verify call-processing before continuing.....................................................................................................................] 13/07/01 21:18:45 13/07/01 21:18:45 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:18:45 SIM PROGRESS (update rollback): 13/07/01 21:18:45 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:18:45 85 of 207 sim steps executed (41%) 13/07/01 21:18:45 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:18:45 13/07/01 21:18:45 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are complete........................ 5 Resume the rollback action with the following command: sim --proc update --action resume .............] 13/07/01 21:29:14 13/07/01 21:29:14 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:29:14 SIM PROGRESS (update rollback): 13/07/01 21:29:14 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:29:14 116 of 207 sim steps executed (56%) 13/07/01 21:29:14 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 21:29:14 ..................................................................................................................................................................Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software ............

.................................................................. 11 Run the following TL1 command to restore MGC-8 database...../ home/backup/telica_SW8............................254....................................................... 10 When the ACCMs and ADCMs have rebooted................. Note: For non-cohost........... log in again to MI-B to tail sim.......20_SCHEMA8......2..........1..................X........... After reboot..................................................................................................................................64....... tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim.<srcpath>........................ [<tmout>]... ...root........... Example: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:telica::::169............................................................................................................................................Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software ......................[<xferPrtcl>].....log again................ 7 Resume the rollback action with the following command: sim --proc update --action resume .......... During rollback.............................. ...............X Issue 12 July 2015 ...............2..........................................0........................log until the message indicates that the rollback is completed....................... 13/07/01 21:29:14 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are complete..............................................................<password>...............[<suppressoutput>]... Log in using the ACT-USER command.......................newsys..................... 8 Run tail sim..................................................................................................................................... .........64................................ Syntax: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:<TID>:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<srchost>....... the DB backup file must be on the OAM1/2 cards... MI-B will be rebooted..... Note: Since the IP addresses of MGC-8 are deleted after a rollback............................. <username>.....................................................................................2.............................................. you need to SSH to an ACCM blade from the OAM blade (for non-co-host (standalone)) or through the OAM MI or CNFG IP (for co-host)........................... enter the following from the OS of the active ACCM blade to access TL1 commands: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1................................................log 13/07/01 21:58:52 ************************************************************ 13/07/ 01 21:58:52 SIM PROGRESS (update rollback): 13/07/01 21:58:52 ************************************************************ 13/07/ 01 21:58:52 207 of 207 sim steps executed (100%) 13/07/01 21:58:52 ************************************************************ .. ...........................0_20110802_ 1556 Note: You must replace the parameters with those applicable to your switch.......................................................................................................... 9 Reboot the ACCMs........ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......................1.....

......156 IPV6 2620:0:60:4011:0:0:0:5010 Change it to: 10..............3? IF.................. THEN..................................................................................................... if any.........................................................Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software ............................................................................... IF..................................... ....................................... No Go to step 16...... ................. 13 Do you roll back LCP and MGC-8 from R9...................................................... 255-400-403 is executed to configure and enable internal BTS............ Yes Continue to the next step.84..................... 16 When the database has been restored..............................................16.........84................... THEN.............3 or later releases to releases prior to R9.......................16...................................................................... No Go to step 16............................... 12 Is internal BTS being used? Note: This means that the DLP-551: Accessing and configuring BTS on a MGC-8 (ATCA) blade in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA & COTS Billing and Traffic System (BTS) Users Guide................xxx.............................................. if the file content of /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP is: IPV4 10................................................................................. ................... remove the IPv6 configuration in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP............. THEN.................................................................... No Run from Step 14 on the remaining ACCM.................. Yes Continue to the next step...................................... and change the format of the IPv4 address in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP as shown below: xxx...................................................................................... 14 On one ACCM.........................156 .................................................... ...................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .............................................. INIT-ATCA-SYS:<tid>:1:::10 ...........xxx For example................................................ 15 Have you run step 14 on both ACCMs? IF. you must reboot the MGC-8 using the INIT-SYS command...........................................................................X...... Yes Continue to the next step.................................................xxx........................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-5 255-400-022R9............................

.........................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................ E............................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S ................X...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................Rollback and backout procedures Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software ......................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............. Replace <tid> with the tid for the switch......................................................................................................................

....................................... ........................................................log Output example: 13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM088 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:385) 13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM089 [* WARNING: Ready to Activate the Previous Software!] (update_rlbk:388) 13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM090 [* Call Processing will be Affected beyond this point!!!!] (update_rlbk:391) 13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM091 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:394) 13/07/01 14:03:19 13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM092 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(CP_ WARNING): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue......................................... Perform this procedure....................................................................... 2 Run the Software Installation Manager (sim) tool to backout using the following command........................... tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................] 13/07/01 14:03:19 13/07/01 14:03:19 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 14:03:19 SIM PROGRESS (update backout): ........... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-7 255-400-022R9................................................................ Before you begin Perform a database backup before the upgrade.........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................... Procedure Perform the following steps to back out to the previous release: .................................................................................................Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade ........................ 3 Run tail sim............................ if a failure occurs during the software upgrade and if you want to return to the previous release........................... sim --proc update --action backout .................X.................................................. Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade Introduction This topic describes the procedure to back out to the previous release.......................................log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log...................................................................................... 1 Log in to the MI-B (OAM Server B)........

.......................................................................................... 13/07/01 14:03:19 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 14:03:19 92 of 222 sim steps executed (41%) 13/07/01 14:03:19 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 14:03:19 13/07/01 14:03:19 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are complete...........................X........................................................... 4 Resume the backout action with the following command......................] (update_rlbk:533) 13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM122 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:536) 13/07/01 14:14:52 13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM123 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(VERIFY_ SOFTWARE): Use 'sim --proc update --action resume' to continue....log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log............................................................................................................................ tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim................................................................. 6 Resume the backout action with the following command.................... 5 Run tail sim...............................................................................Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade .............................................. .................... tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim..............................................................................log Output example: Run tail sim. 13/07/01 14:14:52 <qd18-s00c02h0:root>/root: .....................................................] 13/07/01 14:14:52 13/07/01 14:14:52 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM PROGRESS (update backout): 13/07/01 14:14:52 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 14:14:52 123 of 222 sim steps executed (55%) 13/07/01 14:14:52 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 14:14:52 13/07/01 14:14:52 PAUSED: (PROCEDURE) Dispatched commands are complete................................................. sim --proc update --action resume .......................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.............................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .....log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log........................................................ .........log 13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM120 [********************************************************] (update_ rlbk:530) 13/07/01 14:14:52 SIM121 [* Verify call-processing before continuing....................................................................

..... Syntax: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:<TID>:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<srchost>.................. ......................................... After reboot......................... Log in using the ACT-USER command.................................................................. During backout............................................................................<password>........1..................2........... 10 Run the following TL1 command to restore MGC-8 database.X.......2.......... ............ during backout...254.....................................root....................................... MI-B will be rebooted..newsys............................................................. tail -f /storage/sim/log/update/sim..................2.................log for the progress.........................64.. sim --proc update --action resume ............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................... enter the following from the OS of the active ACCM blade to access TL1 commands: telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1.... After reboot.................................... log in again to MI-B to tail sim...... MI-B will be rebooted................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-9 255-400-022R9...................................... 8 Reboot the ACCMs. For co-host../ home/backup/telica_SW8.......64....................................................... [<tmout>]......................0.................................. Example: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:telica::::169...............................................0_20110802_ 1556 ................<srcpath>.............................................................................................................................. log in again to MI-B to tail sim...........log 13/07/01 07:47:24 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 07:47:24 SIM PROGRESS (update backout): 13/07/01 07:47:24 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 07:47:24 189 of 189 sim steps executed (100%) 13/07/01 07:47:24 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 07:47:24 13/07/01 07:47:24 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'update backout' type=hot level=60 ................................. 9 When the ACCMs and ADCMs have rebooted.log until the message indicates that the backout is completed...........log again..................................... Note: Since the IP addresses of MGC-8 are deleted after a backout....................[<xferPrtcl>]...................20_SCHEMA8...................................... <username>...........1............................................Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade .....................................[<suppressoutput>].................................. 7 Run tail sim................ you need to SSH to an ACCM blade from the OAM blade (for non-co-host (standalone)) or through OAM MI or CNFG IP (for co-host)..........................

Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................................................................ and change the format of the IPv4 address in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP as shown below: xxx.......84...............................X............. THEN.................................... .......xxx........................................ No Go to step 15......................... 12 Do you back out LCP and MGC-8 from R9..................................................................... 255-400-403 is executed to configure and enable internal BTS..............................................84.................... 13 On one ACCM..... 11 Is internal BTS being used? Note: This means that the DLP-551: Accessing and configuring BTS on a MGC-8 (ATCA) blade in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA & COTS Billing and Traffic System (BTS) Users Guide.......16.............156 .........................................16................ ......................... Yes Continue to the next step.................................. Yes Continue to the next step..3? IF................................. No Go to step 15....................................................... .................... THEN.............................X Issue 12 July 2015 ........... if any... ...................xxx For example.............xxx............................................. remove the IPv6 configuration in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP..........................156 IPV6 2620:0:60:4011:0:0:0:5010 Change it to: 10............................................................... 14 Have you run step 13 on both ACCMs? IF.................................................. Yes Continue to the next step...................................... No Run from Step 13 on the remaining ACCM......................................................Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade .................................................. if the file content of /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP is: IPV4 10......................................................... IF........................ THEN.......................................3 or later releases to releases prior to R9...................................................................... Note: You must replace the parameters with those applicable to your switch.....................................................................

.................................................. INIT-ATCA-SYS:<tid>:1:::10 Replace <tid> with the tid for the switch........................................................................................ 15 When the database has been restored........................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S ........................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-11 255-400-022R9.......................................................................................... you must reboot the MGC-8 using the INIT-SYS command....................... ....................................................................................................................X.......................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................................... E...Rollback and backout procedures Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade .........................................................................................................................

...........X.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................0.......................................... 3 Run tail sim... Perform this procedure.......................................................] 13/07/01 03:13:37 ...................................................... Procedure Perform the following steps to back out to the previous release: .................................Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade ............... .....log until the PAUSED message is seen in the SIM log............ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................................................3..................................................................... 1 Log in to the MI-B (OAM Server B)............ tail -f /storage/sim/log/mgc8_update/sim......................................................................0........................................................................... sim --proc mgc8_update --action backout ..................................178 Software Upgrade!] (mgc8_update_bk:57) 13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM008 [************************************************************] (mgc8_update_bk:60) 13/07/01 03:13:37 13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM009 PAUSE_REQUEST: (PROCEDURE) [PAUSE(BACKOUT): Use 'sim --proc mgc8_update --action resume' to continue................................... Backout MGC-8 only upgrade Introduction This topic describes the procedure to back out to the previous release.............. if you want to return to the previous release......log Output example: 13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM006 [************************************************************] (mgc8_update_bk:54) 13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM007 [* Ready to Backout the 8.................................... after completing the software upgrade successfully............X Issue 12 July 2015 .................. 2 Run the Software Installation Manager (sim) tool to backout using the following command............ Before you begin Perform a database backup before the upgrade.......0...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................... After reboot................................................................................ tail -f /storage/sim/log/mgc8_update/sim...................................................................................................................................................................log for the progress................................................................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-13 255-400-022R9........ 5 Run tail sim.......X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........................... during backout................................................................log again until the message indicates that the backout was completed..................................................................................................................................... 13/07/01 03:13:37 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 03:13:37 SIM PROGRESS (mgc8_update backout): 13/07/01 03:13:37 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 03:13:37 9 of 80 sim steps executed (11%) 13/07/01 03:13:37 ************************************************************ .................................... you need to log in again to MI-B to tail sim....... For co-host.................................................... enter the following from the OS of the active ACCM blade to access TL1 commands: ....................................................................................................... sim --proc mgc8_update --action resume .............................log 13/07/01 05:09:19 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 05:09:19 SIM PROGRESS (mgc8_update backout): 13/07/01 05:09:19 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 05:09:19 80 of 80 sim steps executed (100%) 13/07/01 05:09:19 ************************************************************ 13/07/01 05:09:19 13/07/01 05:09:19 COMPLETED SIM PROCEDURE 'mgc8_update backout' level=100 .................................. MI-B will be rebooted.................... 4 Resume the backout action with the following command.......Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade ................................. 7 When the ACCMs and ADCMs have rebooted........................... .............................................................. 6 Reboot the ACCMs..................X..............................................................

.............. telnet localhost 2361 or telnet 0 2361 to telnet to the ACCM blades for TL1........................... 255-400-403 is executed to configure and enable internal BTS.. THEN..................<srcpath>.............................1...................64..................1................................................................................................ No Go to step 13......xxx... 9 Is internal BTS being used? Note: This means that the DLP-551: Accessing and configuring BTS on a MGC-8 (ATCA) blade in the Rapport MGC-8 ATCA & COTS Billing and Traffic System (BTS) Users Guide.....................2.............20_SCHEMA8.............................................. if any... Note: Since the IP addresses of MGC-8 are deleted after a backout........Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade ........................................................[<suppressoutput>]........ 8 Run the following TL1 command to restore MGC-8 database...................................... ......................................xxx......................... Yes Continue to the next step......... No Go to step 13.............................. 11 On one ACCM............2.............................. .......<password>....... IF.0_20110802_ 1556 Note: You must replace the parameters with those applicable to your switch.........64............................X......................................................0................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....newsys.....................254..............................................root... Example: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:telica::::169................................................2........... Syntax: EXEC-RESTORE-CFG:<TID>:[<src>]:[CTAG]::<srchost>.............................[<xferPrtcl>].. remove the IPv6 configuration in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP.....3? IF..............................................3 or later releases to releases prior to R9.........................xxx ........................................ ......X Issue 12 July 2015 ........ .................................. and change the format of the IPv4 address in /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP as shown below: xxx.... Log in using the ACT-USER command. THEN.......... Yes Continue to the next step.......................... <username>.......................................................... you need to SSH to an ACCM blade from the OAM blade (for non-co-host (standalone)) or through the OAM MI or CNFG IP (for co-host)......................... [<tmout>]..................................................................................................................... 10 Do you back out MGC-8 from R9..................../ home/backup/telica_SW8.........

.................................................................. if the file content of /storage/PlexDC/BTS_IP is: IPV4 10................................ 13 When the database is restored..... E........................................................................................................................................................................16....................................X........................................... reboot the MGC-8 using the INIT-SYS command...... INIT-ATCA-SYS:<tid>:1:::10 Replace <tid> with the tid for the switch...................... No Run from Step 11 on the remaining ACCM..........Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade .................................................... N D O F S T E P S ........................................................................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .. Yes Continue to the next step................................................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary 13-15 255-400-022R9...........................................................84..............................................................................................16................................. ...................................................156 IPV6 2620:0:60:4011:0:0:0:5010 Change it to: 10.............................84.................156 .................... For example...................................................................................................... 12 Have you run step 11 on both ACCMs? IF............. THEN..

..................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA 13-16 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........................Rollback and backout procedures Backout MGC-8 only upgrade .........................................................................................................................X....................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................... ..................................

..................... Slots 1-6 and slots 9-14 are populated with nodes or blank boards.............. “ATCA Shelf Example” (p.. and Slot 15 contains two Shelf Managers (ShMC)..........Appendix A: Hardware illustrations Overview Purpose This appendix provides illustrations of the supported hardware...... slots 7 and 8 contain hub boards.............................. Contents ATCA Shelf A-1 Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP) A-3 Ethernet hub A-4 Ethernet hub RTM A-5 Shelf manager card A-6 ATCA Shelf Introduction Figure A-1............. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary A-1 255-400-022R9.............................................................................................X................. ......... A-2) depicts an example of an ATCA Shelf............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..........

...................................................................................................... Figure A-1 ATCA Shelf Example .........X............................Hardware illustrations ATCA Shelf ....................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA A-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................X...............................................................................................................................................Hardware illustrations Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP) .... Processor blade (FM016JB or FM016JP) Introduction Figure A-2 Processor Blade ....................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary A-3 255-400-022R9.......................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...........................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................. Ethernet hub Introduction Figure A-3 Ethernet hub .........X...........................Hardware illustrations Ethernet hub .... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA A-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......................................................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...............................................................

.......................................................................X.Hardware illustrations Ethernet hub ......................................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Ethernet hub RTM Introduction Figure A-4 Hub RTM Card Example .................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary A-5 255-400-022R9..

...................................................................................................................X.........................................................................Hardware illustrations Shelf manager card ... Shelf manager card Introduction Figure A-5 Shelf manager card (ShMC) example .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA A-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.....................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .....

Appendix B: Worksheets

Overview
Purpose

This Appendix provides the configuration worksheets that must be completed prior to
performing the LCP installation. For instructions on how to complete the worksheets,
refer to Chapter 3, “Prepare for the LCP installation”.
Contents
Worksheet 1

B-2

Worksheet 2

B-3

Worksheet 3A

B-6

Worksheet 3B

B-7

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
B-1
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Worksheets

Worksheet 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worksheet 1
Summary
Worksheet 1
Cabinet/
Shelf

Slot

1,2

3,4

5,6

7,8

9,10

11,12

13,14

15

0/1

Service(s)

HUB

SHMC

IPV4
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)

N/A

N/A

IPV6
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)
Disk
Partition

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
B-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

Worksheets

Worksheet 1

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worksheet 1
Cabinet/
Shelf

Slot

1,2

0/0

Service(s)

stand-

3,4

5,6

7,8

9,10

11,12

13,14

15

HUB/

SHMC

alone=
CNFG
/MI
co-host=
CNFG
/MI
/ACCM

IPV4
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)

co-host=

N/A

default
gateway

IPV6
Default
Gateway
(Subnet
#)
Disk
Partition

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Worksheet 2
Summary
Worksheet 2
System Name:

Application(s):

System Prefix:

Internal Subnet:

Time Zone:

Alarm Shelf
Association:

IPV4 Subnet 1
Name:

Subnet:

Netmask:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1

Shelf Number:

None

0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
B-3
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Worksheets

Worksheet 2

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worksheet 2
IPV4 Subnet 2
Name:

Subnet:

Netmask:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

IPV4 Subnet 3
Name:

Subnet:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

IPV4 Subnet 4
Name:

Subnet:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

IPV6 Subnet 1
Name:

Subnet Prefix:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

IPV6 Subnet 2
Name:

Subnet Prefix:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

IPV6 Subnet 3
Name:

Subnet Prefix:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

IPV6 Subnet 4
Name:

Subnet Prefix:

Gateway IP:

Transport
Interface:

Shelf 0 HUB 7
SSH IP:

Shelf 0 HUB 7
SSH Netmask:

Shelf 0 HUB 7
SSH Gateway:

Shelf 0 HUB 8
SSH IP:

Shelf 0 HUB 8
SSH Netmask:

Shelf 0 HUB 8
SSH Gateway:

Both Front
Interface -0

Shelf Number:

0

Netmask:
Both Rear
Interface -0

Shelf Number:

0

Netmask:
MME Port 1-3
with future LAG
support

Shelf Number:

0

Subnet Prefix
Length:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1

Shelf Number:

0

Subnet Prefix
Length:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1

Shelf Number:

0

Subnet Prefix
Length:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1

Shelf Number:

0

Subnet Prefix
Length:
Both HSPP4
Faceplate
Interfaces -0,1

Shelf Number:

0

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
B-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

...................................................Worksheets Worksheet 2 ................................X.....................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ......................... Worksheet 2 Shelf 1 HUB 7 SSH IP: Shelf 1 HUB 7 SSH Netmask: Shelf 1 HUB 7 SSH Gateway: Shelf 1 HUB 8 SSH IP: Shelf 1 HUB 8 SSH Netmask: Shelf 1 HUB 8 SSH Gateway: Shelf 0 HUB 7 SOL IP: Shelf 0 HUB 8 SOL IP: Shelf 1 HUB 7 SOL IP: Shelf 1 HUB 8 SOL IP: Hub Ports with Auto speed: Hub Ports with 100M speed: Hub Ports with 10M speed: NTP Server 1 IP: NTP Server 2 IP: NTP Server 3 IP: Solution domain: Enum Domain: Local Zone/LCP Domain: e164....................................arpa DNS Server 1 IPv4 IP: DNS Server 2 IPv4 IP: DNS Server 3 Ipv4 IP: ENUM Server 1 IP: ENUM Server 2 IP: ENUM Server 3 IP: IPV4 Static Routes: Subnet 1: Netmask: Gateway: Service(s): Subnet 2: Netmask: Gateway: Service(s): IPV6 Static Routes: Subnet Prefix 1: Subnet Prefix Length: Subnet for Source IP: Service(s): Subnet Prefix 2: Subnet Prefix Length: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary B-5 255-400-022R9........................................

................Worksheets Worksheet 2 ................................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA B-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..............................................................................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................X...................... Worksheet 2 Subnet for Source IP: Subnet for Source IP: Worksheet 3A Summary Worksheet 3A NI-type IPV4 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV4 IP IPV6 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV6 IP CNFG pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A CDR pool-0 IP-floating NI-default CDR pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rf default CDR pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_sh default NotConfigured FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default NotConfigured FSDB pool-0 IP-floating NI-fsdb_geosync N/A N/A N/A N/A MI pool-0 IP-floating NI-default N/A N/A MI pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A MI pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A N/A N/A GLS pool-0 IP-floating NI-default GLS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_gls default GLS pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default MI pool-0 IP-floating NI-mi_access default MI pool-0 IP-floating NI-mi_media N/A N/A N/A MI pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-ntp default N/A N/A N/A N/A MI pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-ntp N/A sns pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default sns pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default ...........................

......................X........................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary B-7 255-400-022R9...................................................................................Worksheets Worksheet 3A ............................................................................................................................................................................... Worksheet 3A NI-type sns pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-dns IPV4 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV4 IP default IPV6 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV6 IP default sns pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-dns Worksheet 3B Summary Worksheet 3B NI-type IPV4 subnet ID (subnet #) IPV4 IP IPV6 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV6 IP AMMS pool-0 member 0 IP-fixed NI-default AMMS pool.....................................................................................member 0 IP-fixed NI-default AMMS pool-0 member 0 IP-fixed NI-signtwrk1 AMMS pool-0 member 0 IP-fixed NI-signtwrk2 FEPH pool-0 IP-floating NI-published default FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-default FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_gls default default FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rf default default FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_ro default default FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default default FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-enum FS5K pool-0 IP-floating NI-web_portal default N/A N/A N/A N/A H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default H248 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default NotConfigured .............

.................................................................................................................................................................................Worksheets Worksheet 3B ................................................................................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA B-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.......................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...X............................... Worksheet 3B NI-type H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-diam_rf IPV4 subnet ID (subnet #) IPV4 IP IPV6 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV6 IP NotConfigured NotConfigured H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-dns default default H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-enum default default H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-h248sig default N/A N/A H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-h248sig1 default N/A N/A H248 pool-0 member-0 IP-float NI-h248sig2 default N/A N/A IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_cx default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_e2 IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_gqp IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rf default default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_ro default default default default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-dns default default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-enum default default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-pdf default default IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-published NotConfigured NotConfigured IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-signtwrk1 NotConfigured NotConfigured IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-signtwrk2 NotConfigured NotConfigured IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_rx IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_sh IMS pool-0 IP-floating NI-diam_tx mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-default pool-0 IP-floating NI-gnsig default mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s10 default N/A N/A N/A N/A .................

.................................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary B-9 255-400-022R9...............Worksheets Worksheet 3B ...............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......... Worksheet 3B NI-type IPV4 subnet ID (subnet #) IPV4 IP IPV6 Subnet ID (subnet #) IPV6 IP mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s101 default N/A N/A mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s11 default N/A N/A mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s1mme default N/A N/A mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-mif_s6a default mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-svsig default mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-sgsig default mif pool-0 IP-floating NI-x2sig default N/A N/A PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-default PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-oamp default N/A N/A PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-h248sig1 default N/A N/A PCRV pool-0 IP-floating NI-h248sig2 default N/A N/A SS7 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A SS7 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-default N/A N/A SS7 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig1 NotConfigured N/A N/A SS7 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig1 NotConfigured N/A N/A SS7 pool-0 member-0 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig2 NotConfigured N/A N/A SS7 pool-0 member-1 IP-fixed NI-ss7sig2 NotConfigured N/A N/A ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X.....................

..................................................Worksheets Worksheet 3B .................................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...................................................X........................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA B-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.................................................. ........................................................................................................

........... clia shmstatus Find the active Shmc clia switchover Switchover to the other Shmc clia version Find the firmware version clia board Find the populated slots clia board <slot-number> Find the board state in slots 1 through 14 clia boardreset <slot-number> Reset a board in slots 1 through 14 clia deactivate board <slot-number> Remove power to a board in slots 1 through 14 ...... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary C-1 255-400-022R9............................................................................................... Contents ShMC commands C-1 Ethernet hub commands C-2 ShMC commands Summary Table C-1 ShMC commands Execute this command To do this .....X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ..Appendix C: ShMC and ethernet hub commands Overview Purpose This appendix provides a listing of useful commands for obtaining ShMC or Hub information...........................................................................................................X........

................................................................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA C-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..........................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..X....... Table C-1 ShMC commands (continued) Execute this command To do this .................. printenv | egrep REL View version printenv | egrep RTM Determine if the hub has detected its RTM tcpdump -i <interface> Look at traffic tcpdump -i eth0 .....................................................................................ShMC and ethernet hub commands ShMC commands .............................................................................................................................. clia activate board <slot-number> Restore power to a board in slots 1 through 14 (check that the board state shows inactive first) clia shelfaddress Find the shelf number (fourth field in hex notation) clia shelfaddrss To find the cabinet number (eighth field in hex notation) clia fruinfo -s 20 254 | egrep “Chassis Serial Number” Find the serial number of the chassis clia fruinfo -v 10 0 | egrep “Board Serial Number” Retrieve the top Shmc serial number clia fruinfo -v 12 0 | egrep “Board Serial Number” Retrieve the bottom Shmc serial number clia fruinfo shm 1 | egrep “Board Product Name” Find the fruname of the top Shmc clia fruinfo shm 2 | egrep “Board Product Name” Find the fruname of the bottom Shmc clia fruinfo board <slot-number> | egrep “Board Product Name” Find the fruname of blades in slots 1 through 14 clia board <slot-number> | egrep -c “AMC HDD” Find out the number of disks in a blade in slots 1 through 14 clia setextracted board <x> To clear ghosts Ethernet hub commands Summary Table C-2 Ethernet hub commands Execute this command To do this .........................................................................................

...................................X.............................Appendix D: Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade Overview Purpose This appendix provides instructions about how to initiate a SOL session for a processor blade............... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary D-1 255-400-022R9....................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................. Contents SOL session for a processor blade procedure D-2 Determining the SOL IP address on a blade D-3 ...

....................................... however......................................................... type “~..... ......................... Verify that the session is not in use by another user prior to deactivating it.........X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................... 2 Use the following syntax (you may have to hit CR a few times to get a login prompt).......................................................................................................................c <slotnum> -a deactivate where <shelfnum> and <slotnum> represent the shelf and slot number of the Ethernet Hub “dangling” session.................................................................................................................... ...Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade SOL session for a processor blade procedure ..........................................................X... SOL session for a processor blade procedure Procedure Complete the following steps to initiate a SOL session for a processor blade................ you can gracefully terminate it using the following syntax............................ ...................................................................................................................... 1 First establish an SSH session to one of the hub cards by logging in as root.............................. 3 To exit from the session..................” (tilde dot) If there was a SOL session that was not terminated in a graceful manner............................................................ console -s <shelfnum> -c <slotnum> where <shelfnum> and <slotnum> represent the shelf and slot number where the processor blade resides... be advised that this command will disconnect the active SOL session.......................................................................................................................... N D O F S T E P S .............................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA D-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................................................................................................... E........................... console -s <shelfnum> ..........................................................................................................

Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade

Determining the SOL IP address on a blade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Determining the SOL IP address on a blade
Procedure

To determine the SOL IP address on a blade, complete the following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1

Login to the blade.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2

Run the following command.
ipmitool lan print <channel>

where <channel>= 1 or 2. (For hubs, only channel=2 is configured.)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
D-3
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Initiating a SOL session with a processor blade

Determining the SOL IP address on a blade

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
D-4
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

Appendix E: Changing the
SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8

Overview
Purpose

This appendix provides instructions for changing the SSH/SOL IP of Hub 7/8.
Contents
Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8

E-2

Hub and shmc configuration

E-3

Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs

E-6

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
E-1
255-400-022R9.X.X
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
Issue 12 July 2015

Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8

Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Prerequisites to change SSH/SOL IPs on Hub 7/8
Prerequisites

Complete the following.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

1

Determine the shelf 0 hostname of blade 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

2

Determine the shelf 0 hostname of blade 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3

Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 SOL ip address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4

Determine the shelf 0 hub 7 ssh ip address, netmask, and gateway.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5

Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 SOL ip address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6

Determine the shelf 0 hub 8 ssh ip address, netmask, and gateway.
Hostname
Blade 1
Blade 2

SOL IP

SSH IP

SSH Netmask

SSH Gateway

HUB 7
HUB 8
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary
Rapport MGC-8 ATCA
E-2
Use pursuant to applicable agreements
255-400-022R9.X.X
Issue 12 July 2015

................................................................................................ 2 Login as root to the blade 1................................................................. rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 1> .....................................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ......................................................................................................................... vm_adm --action switch --desired_state ACT --host <hostname of blade 2> ................................................................................................Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration ......................X...................................................................................................................... 3 Verify health of the system..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Table E-1 Customer values of SSH and SOL SOL IP SSH IP SSH Netmask SSH Gateway HUB 7 HUB 8 ............................................................................................ rcc_srv_state --action wait_state --set host --state_type VM -vstate ACT --host <hostname of blade 2> .... 6 Wait for all virtual machines to go active on blade 2................................... ............................................................................................................................................ 5 Align all virtual machines on blade 2.............................................................................. ................................................................................... health --test field_install Do not continue to the next step if this step is unsuccessful................ Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-3 255-400-022R9................................................................................................................................................................. Hub and shmc configuration Procedure ......................................................................................................... rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 2> .................. 4 Clear inhibit on blade 2...................................................................... 1 Determine SSH and SOL IP addresses of shelf 0 hub 7 and shelf 0 hub 8................................................................. 8 Configure the SSH IP of hub 7.................................................................... 7 Inhibit RCC on blade 1........................................................................................................................................................ .............................

....................... hubconf_adm --action generate_host_all ................................................................................................................. 17 Clear inhibit on blade 1............................................................................................................................................................ shmcconf_adm --action generate_host_all ................................................................................Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration .............................................................................................................................. hubconf_adm --action set_ssh_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum 8 -hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 8 SSH IP > --netmask4 --< hub 7 SSH netmask > --gateway4 < hub 8 SSH gateway > ... hubconf_adm --action install_host_all ........................... 15 Install the shmc configuration files on both OAM servers.............................................................. 13 Generate shmc configuration files.............. shmcconf_adm --action install_host_all ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... hubconf_adm --action set_ssh_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum 7 -hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 7 SSH IP > --netmask4 < hub 7 SSH netmask > --gateway4 < hub 7 SSH gateway > ...........................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA E-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................................................................................................................................................................... 16 Synchronize metadata to the other OAM server..........................................................................................................................................X.............................. 12 Generate hub configuration files.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. shmcconf_adm --action set_sol_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum 7 --hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 7 SOL IP > .............................................. 10 Configure SOL IP of hub 7........................................... 9 Configure the SSH IP of hub 8......................................................................................................................... .... shmcconf_adm --action set_sol_address4 --shelfnum 0 --cardnum 8 --hostnum 0 --address4 < hub 8 SOL IP > ....................................... 11 Configure SOL IP of hub 8............................................................................................ 14 Install the hub configuration files on both OAM servers..................................... scdm_adm --action sync_config .........................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................. 24 Exit from blade 2.................................................................... vm_adm --action switch --desired_state ACT --host <hostname of blade 1> .... generate shmc configuration files shmcconf_adm --action generate_host_all ............................................................... rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 1> ...................................................................... 18 Align all virtual machines on blade 1..........................................X................................................................................................................................... 23 On blade 2..................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-5 255-400-022R9...................... 20 Inhibit RCC on blade 2........................................ ..... 22 On blade 2..........Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration ............................ rcc_adm --action set_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 2> ...................................................................... 21 SSH to blade 2 as root........................................................................log ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26 Install the shmc configuration files on the shmc.........................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .... generate hub configuration files................... exit .............................................................................................................................................................................. shmc_adm -a config_all ................................................................................ 19 Wait for all virtual machines to go active on blade 1................................................................................................................... 25 Install the hub configuration files on the hub..................................................................... hubconf_adm --action generate_host_all ............. and check the log file to make sure hub update is finished successfully before take next action................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ rcc_srv_state --action wait_state --set host --state_type VM -vstate ACT --host <hostname of blade 1> ................................................................................ hub_adm -a config_all 2>&1|tee -a /data0/FLD/hubUPG............................................. The HUB will reboot.................................................................................................. So direct screen print to log file........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................5....................... CNFG floating....... 29 Verify health of the system................................................................... health --test field_install ............................ 30 If no errors are reported..............Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Hub and shmc configuration ................... E.. 203...........X Issue 12 July 2015 ........ rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 2> ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ................ MI-A fixed........................................ rcc_adm --action clr_inhibit --host <hostname of blade 1> ......................................... 8 to 192.................. 28 Allow RCC on blade 2......................... 27 Allow RCC on blade 1...............................201......1.............................30.......................................... 6.................. 202........................................................ N D O F S T E P S Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs Manage IP configuraiton Note: You can also refer to the Manage system configuration ................................ 204 Prep work: Check MI state: > MIcmd state vc Check service type: > svcconf_adm --action list_service_type Check host type: > svcconf_adm --action show_host check network interface type: > svcconf_adm --action list_ni_type check external subnet: > net4conf_adm --action show_external_subnet check external transport: > net4conf_adm --action show_external_transport ......... the procedure is now complete........................................... MI floating..................................................................................................................... MI-B fixed IP Change from 10...........................IP configuration chapter in the LCP Configuration Management...................................................................... 270-702-014 manual for additional information........................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA E-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..................20.........................................................................104........................................... 7................................X..................................................................................

.....20.......104..... check gateway: > net4conf_adm --action show_subnet_gatewayDelete cnfg & MI floating IPs: ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s <Subnet Number> -o <Offset> ip_adm -a del_fixed_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s <Subnet Number> -o <Offset> <<< ISSUE: LCP ip_adm tool for delete is not list in the customer doc....30................................................................0 -m 255..........................0 -s 1" failed b/c the gateway is being deleted but the script was still looking for it.....................Transport ID2> ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s <Subnet Number> -o <Offset> ip_adm -a del_fixed_ip -t <Service Type> -i <Pool ID> -s <Subnet Number> -o <Offset> > ip_adm -a add_subnet -b 192........ do > net4conf_adm --action del_external_subnet --subnetnum 1 Check to make sure no entry for the following: > net4conf_adm --action show_external_subnet > net4conf_adm --action show_external_transport > net4conf_adm --action show_subnet_gateway Add the external subnet first........................ with cnfg floating IP offset as 5 > ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t cnfg -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o 5 > ip_adm -a commit with mi floating IP offset as 6 > ip_adm -a del_floating_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o 6 > ip_adm -a commit with mi fixed IP offset as 7&8 > ip_adm -a del_fixed_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o 7.....................................................255...... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary E-7 255-400-022R9.... so it was not offically "supported".....................................Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs ...............................................................................................168...... WORKAROUND: ON OAM A & B...255..8 > ip_adm -a commit Delete external subnet: ip_adm -a del_subnet -b <subnet base> -s <subnet number> <<< ISSUE: "ip_adm -a del_subnet -b 10......rtf0 > ip_adm -a commit > ip_adm -a add_floating_ip -t cnfg -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o ..................................................................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................X.... then the floating & fixed IPs: ip_adm -a add_subnet -b <Subnet Base> -m <Subnet Mask> -n <Subnet Name> -s <Subnet Number> -o <V4 Gateway> -t <Transport ID 1...0 -n mgmt -s 1 -o 254 -t ltf0...........

........................................................................................ ACCM can't be accessible via EM IP... Commit changes ntp_adm –a commit Check > ntpconf_adm --action show_server NTP server 192...........168........................... Check network connectivity Add NTP server ntp_adm -a add -i < IP list with comma separated > ntp_adm -a add -i 192.........................................................111...11 It will wait 10 min to sync the server(s).............. DONE.70............................... 201 > ip_adm > ip_adm 202 > ip_adm > ip_adm 203.......................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................11 Make sure that MIs is working: Need to stop & start MI to access MI stopMI & startMI needed to run as lss (password lss) Following the offical procedure to change/set Processor Blade SOL/SSH IP..................................204 > ip_adm -a commit -a add_floating_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o -a commit -a add_fixed_ip -t mi -i 0 -s 1 -n default -o -a commit Check /etc/hosts file to verify IP has changed......Changing the SSH/SOL IP of hub 7/8 Procedure and useful commands for changing IPs .......... ..1.. DONE! Grow 1 pair of ACCM on slot 5/6 Grow 1 ADCM on slot 4 Provision ed-atca-eqpt: emf is up and running........168...192.........168................................X..........111 NTP server 192............................1.70......................................168........... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA E-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.........

...........................Appendix F: Software loads from the factory Software Loads Summary The following table shows the software loads from the factory for ShMC and Hub cards..4..................................................4-01_03_04_INT_02_LN 1........................................... Card Version (or later) ShMC 1...... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary F-1 255-400-022R9.................3...............................3..............0 Hub 8BA504009018_Processor Blade_01_03_00_INT_FS_01 1..................................X...X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...0/1 .......

......................................................................................................................X..... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA F-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.........X Issue 12 July 2015 ....................................................................Software loads from the factory Software Loads ............................................................................................................................ .......................................................................................................................................

...... Contents Base and session entitlements G-2 Accessing the ASLM tool G-5 Generating a license file G-7 ........ • Confirm with Alcatel-Lucent that the entitlements specified in your purchase order are added/activated in the ASLM tool........................................... ASLM provides the ability to activate feature licenses and raise appropriate events when an entitlement violation takes place.............X..............................Appendix G: Software ASLM Overview Purpose This chapter describes how to use the Alcatel-Lucent Software License Management (ASLM) tool to fulfill the license key requirements......................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ............... Be sure to complete the following tasks before using the ASLM tool: • Purchase a software license(s) entitlement from Alcatel-Lucent through a purchase order........................................... A license file is required to activate the new features or increase system capacity................................. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-1 255-400-022R9......................

.. • MGCF enhanced base entitlement The license provides support for the enhanced base MGCF license which supports up to 10000 sessions...... The license provides basic virtualization software license support........... • MGCF base entitlement The license provides support for the base MGCF license which supports up to 10000 sessions.....................................................................................Software ASLM Base and session entitlements .X Issue 12 July 2015 ... • Base virtualization software entitlement Includes the right to use the MGC-8 Virtualization Software........................... The license provides basic software license support............................... This entitlement OR/AND base software entitlement is mandatory...................... By default.............................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9...................................... • IBCF session growth entitlement The license provides support for an additional 1000 IBCF sessions..... Growth packages are also available for both MGCF and IBCF to increase the session capacity....... This entitlement requires the MGCF Base Entitlement.....X.......... Up to 1000 MGCF growth packages may be purchased.................. Base and session entitlements Overview Base entitlement packages are available for both MGCF and IBCF calls................... Up to 1000 MGCF growth packages may be purchased............................... This entitlement OR/AND base virtualization software entitlement is mandatory......... This entitlement requires the Base Software Entitlement • IBCF base entitlement The license provides support for the base IBCF license which supports up to 500 sessions......... The following entitlements are available for MGC-8 software: • Base software entitlement Includes the right to use the MGC-8 Software........... .................... When purchasing this license...... This entitlement requires the Base Software Entitlement............. the associated IBCF provisioning must also be done before IBCF sessions will be allowed................. An enhanced base entitlement package is available for MGCF................. the MGC-8 operates as an MGCF..... • MGCF session growth entitlement The license provides support for an additional 1000 MGCF sessions..... This entitlement requires the IBCF Base Entitlement. This entitlement requires the Base Software Entitlement............ each of which contains a limited number of sessions........

....................... • Optional packages The following MGC-8 add-on packages are optional: – Additional SS7 variant – CDMA GMSC application package – – – Class 4 Lawful Interception application package Enhanced ENUM-enabled services Enhanced IP exchange (IPX) routing – – – – – External BICC FEMTO feature package Geo Redundancy Active/Active Geo Redundancy Active/Standby GSM GMSC application package – – – IPv6 support package MGC-8 STP package SIP front end distributor – – – – Transcoding support and policy enforcement SIP Header/Messaging package TCAP based MWI package STP CIC Migration and PC Offload package – – – 3RD Party Signalling Gateway support package ISDN PRA NNI services AUTO CALL BACK/CCBS/RBWF Software license names and descriptions The following table contains a list of the available software licenses: Table G-1 Software license names and descriptions Software license name Description MGC8_base_sw Base software package MGC8_base_ibcf Base IBCF package MGC8_base_mgcf Base MGCF package MGC8_enh_base_mgcf Enhanced Base MGCF package MGC8_active_georedundancy Geo Redundancy Active/Active ....................................................................................................................................................Software ASLM Base and session entitlements .................................................................................................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-3 255-400-022R9...............................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .................................................................X............................................

................S...........X.............................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Table G-1 Software license names and descriptions MGC8_c4_lawful_int (continued) Class 4 Lawful Interception application package Note: This application package is applicable to the MGC8 located outside of U..................................Software ASLM Base and session entitlements ....... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9............................................................................................. MGC8_enh_ipx_routing Enhanced IP Exchange (IPX) Routing MGC8_enum Enhanced ENUM-enabled services MGC8_ext_bicc External BICC MGC8_femto FEMTO feature package MGC8_georedundancy Geo Redundancy Active/Standby MGC8_gmsc_cdma CDMA GMSC application package MGC8_gmsc_gsm GSM GMSC application package MGC8_ipv6 IPv6 support MGC8_sip_fed SIP Front End Distributor MGC8_ss7_variant_addon Additional SS7 variant MGC8_stp STP Functionality MGC8_transcode Transcoding support and policy enforcement MGC8_base_sw_virtual Base virtualization base software package MGC8_sip_hdr_msg SIP Header Message package MGC8_3rdparty_sg 3RD Party Signalling Gateway Support package MGC8_srvcs_isdn ISDN PRA NNI services MGC8_tcap_mwi TCAP based MWI package MGC8_stp_cic STP CIC Migration and PC Offload package MGC8_auto_callback Automatic callback / CCBS / RBWF ..........

............................................................................................... If you don't have access to ASLM......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Accessing the ASLM tool Procedure .............. 3 In the ASLM homepage........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................X............ The URL is: (http://aslm....................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........... 1 Go to the ASLM home page..................................... skip Steps 2 and 3.....................alcatel-lucent......................................................................... 2 Note: If you already have a user name and password................................ click the link Click here ............................. ..................................................................com) .......................................... you will be directed to the ASLM home page: Figure G-1 ASLM .............................................app...................................Software ASLM Accessing the ASLM tool ................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-5 255-400-022R9.....................................

. N D O F S T E P S .... Result: The Access Page appears as shown below: Figure G-2 ASLM Access Page ......................................................................................................................................................................... E.............................................................................................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-6 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9........................................................................................X........................................ 4 Click the ASLM Access Request Guide............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. to request the access to the ASLM as per your role.........................X Issue 12 July 2015 ......................................................................................................Software ASLM Accessing the ASLM tool ...........

1 release requires installation of a new license to activate the new features............. Note: Prior to upgrading to release 9...........3 and greater and Release 8.................. This is the reason you see the SIM tool searching for a license file There should be no alarms triggered that pertain to license installation after hot upgrade completion............. many license types were added..app...........254...............0........ In the case of the 9.... A license enforcement alarm will appear for any feature that is invoked without an installed license.........com/PublicWorking/FileCard...............3: From the OS shell use hpi_util 169...... The license is required only when the new functionality added in a release needs to be activated. an upgrade from pre-9...... the license would be auto installed... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-7 255-400-022R9.................... 1 The ASLM License Requestor Guide will guide you to generate a license key on the ASLM platform...3...........................X or greater...0...............0 release.......Software ASLM Generating a license file .........0........................alcatel-lucent..................... Generating a license file Procedure Note: When an MGC-8 user performs an upgrade from a pre-9...............3.. mgcf base functionality......................... In Release 9.............1......... the ATCA install/upgrade procedure always looks for a license file..............0 and later................................. Download the document from the following link: (http://libra............. MGC-8 had only 3 feature licenses (mgc8 base functionality........................X.... the system identifier must be obtained for each ATCA MGC-8 chassis for license generation...........................aspx?Code=SWSC-ENT-L427&MainModuleId=02DD8C9E-6542-4149-B36C-C7BCAC087E00&ProcessId= d2bf14f0-d317-4500-8c6e-bff8ce830aa1) .........3..............0 and greater: From TL1 use RTRV-ATCA-CHASSIS parameter SYSTEMID .........64..............................X........1: From TL1 use RTRV-INFO-CHASSIS parameter SERIALNUMBER From MI use/opt/LSS/sbin/sysidconf_adm --action show_system_id parameter system ID • For Release 9. As a result...............x to 9................240 get_serial_num • For Release 8. a license must be installed..1 to a 9................... Downgrading is done by applying the backup saved prior to the upgrade............................................. For release 9.....0 release to a 9............. The retrieval method varies based on the software release as follows: • For releases prior to Release 8..............x upgrade............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................ A new license may need to be installed if the downgrade was done by installing an older release as opposed to downgrading the MGC-8 from a backup................ and ibcf functionality).......... In release 9.....

......................................................................X.............txt in the /storage/loads directory along with the ALGPV2......... ........xx.. install the license BEFORE the upgrade.......................xx........ ATCA........ The license key can be manually installed prior to a hot upgrade (or a new install) using the EXEC-SWLIC-INSTALL command.....XX................................... 2 Note: To avoid service interruption............................... The license key can be automatically installed prior to the hot upgrade by placing the license file MGC8LicenseFile....zip..............xx.........................zip files (where RXX is the LCP version for this release).. any provisioning relating to that feature is blocked.............................xx..........X.9............ Required license key name Description Type of enforcement TL1 command(s) affected MGC8_active_ georedundancy Geo redundancy active/active Enforced at provision time Reject ED-MGC-PROTN when grMode is set to WORK_WORK..................... Refer to the following table for examples:...xxx.......... If a feature license key is not installed..............X...................................Software ASLM Generating a license file .............................X Issue 12 July 2015 ...........xx..zip..............................xx_RXX...ATCA........................................................X........ None ........... protnType is DUPLEX................ and the feature license key is not installed.... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-8 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.... and deftC_RXX......X........... (This is a mandatory base license to be ordered)........LCPXX...... MGC8_base_sw MGC-8 base software This entitlement is not enforced..........................................................................................

...............Software ASLM Generating a license file .................................... MGC8_base_mgcf MGC-8 license for base MGCF call capability This entitlement is not enforced......................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-9 255-400-022R9....................................................... Enforced at run-time None ................................................. Enforced at run-time None MGC8_session_ mgcf Upper limit for number of standing MGCF calls through MGC-8...................................... Enforced at run-time None MGC8_session_ibcf Upper limit for number of standing IBCF calls through MGC-8...........................1 and onwards by MGC8_enh_ base_mgcf MGC8_enh_base_ mgcf MGC-8 license for base MGCF call capability Enforced at run-time None MGC8_base_ibcf MGC-8 license for base IBCF call capability................................X........1.................................................................................................0.................................................... None Note: This entitlement can no longer be ordered through the ASLM tool and has been replaced in R9.........................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .......

................... protnType is DUPLEX and the feature license key is not installed....................... MGC8_gmsc_gsm GSM GMSC application package Enforced at provision Reject ED-GMSC-GSMSYS when slhrId is set to a non-NULL value and the feature license key is not installed.................................................................................................... MGC8_ext_bicc External BICC support Enforced at provision Reject ENT/ED-BICC-TRK when the feature license key is not installed.........X Issue 12 July 2015 .........Software ASLM Generating a license file .........X.. MGC8_c4_lawful_ int Class 4 lawful interception application package Enforced at provision Reject ENT-LI-TARGET/ED-LITARGET/ENT-PRFL-CDCIP/ENTPRFL-CCCIP/ED-LIST-YGW/ENTLIST-YGW/ED-USER-LISECU/ ENT-USER-LISECU/STA-LI-X3/ STP-LI-X3/ED-LI-SYS when the feature license key is not installed.......... MGC8_femto FEMTO feature package Enforced at provision Reject ENT/ED-TRKGRP When sigType = IVT and the feature license key is not installed................................................... MGC8_enh_ipx_ routing Enhanced IP exchange routing support Enforced at provision Reject ENT-PRFL-SIP/ED-PRFLSIP/ENT-PRFL-SIPT/ED-PRFLSIPT when 3xxhandling is set to ADVANCED and the feature license key is not installed................................................................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-10 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9................ MGC8_gmsc_cdma CDMA GMSC application package Enforced at provision Reject ED-GMSC-ANSISYS when slhrId is set to non-NULL value and the feature license key is not installed.................................................................................. ..................................................... MGC8_ georedundancy Geo redundancy active/ standby Enforced at provision Reject ED-MGC-PROTN when grMode is set to WORK_PROTN.. MGC8_enum Enhanced ENUMenabled services Enforced at provision Reject ED-ENUM-SYS when PriEnumIP is set to a non-NULL value and the feature license key is not installed...................

................................................. Enforced at provision Reject ENT/ED-TRKGRP when the user specifies sigType as ISUP and with the execution of the current TL1 command the total number of unique ISUP variants exceeds the limit specified by the capacity license key... Therefore............. including sigAIPv6Fixed................................................ Note: The first ISUP variant is included with the purchase of MGC8_base_sw............................... sigBIPv6Fixed........................ MGC8_ss7_variant_ Additional SS7 variant addon support ......................................... the enforcement of this entitlement is not triggered when user provisions TRKGRP with only one unique ISUP variant across the whole MGC-8.......................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-11 255-400-022R9..............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 .............. sigAIPv6NtwkPrefix........................................... MGC8_ipv6 IPV6 support Enforced at provision Reject ENT/ED-ATCA-EQPT when the feature license key is not installed and the user specifies any of the following parameters to be non-NULL........................................ MGC8_sip_fed SIP front end distributor support Enforced at provision Reject ENT/ED-SIP-FED when the feature license key is not installed......Software ASLM Generating a license file .... sigAIPv6Floating................................................... sigBIPv6Floating and sigBIPv6NtwkPrefix..............................................X.................

................. None . and reject ED/ENT-STG-SCREENLSET...... and ED/ENT-STG-MAPGTLIST......................................................... ED/ENT-STG-MAPPCOFFLD..... ED/ENT-STG-SCREENAFPCSN.. ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALCDPA............................... ENT-STG-GTTMASK.......... ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALWGTT...... ED/ENT-STG-MAPTTM....... ENT-STG-GTTDEST.... ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALWSIO......................... ED/ENT-STG-SCREENAFFDST............... ED/ENT-STG-SCREENPC................ MGC8_enh_base_ mgcf Enhanced MGC–8 license for MGCF call capability Enforced at run-time None MGC8_sip_hdr_ msg SIP Header/ Messaging Package This entitlement is not enforced.................................Software ASLM Generating a license file .........................X.................. ED/ENT-STG-SCREENALCGPA...................... ENT-STG-GTTFIXED......... MGC8_transcode Transcoding support and policy enforcement Enforced at run-time Reject ENT-PRFL-SIP/ED-PRFLSIP/ENT-PRFL-SIPT/ED-PRFLSIPT when preferredCodec != ANY or transCodePolicy=any value except ANY or DIRECTCODEC and the feature license key is not installed........................................................................... ENT-STG-GTTGTI............................... None MGC8_3rdparty_sg 3RD Party SG support package This entitlement is not enforced.. MGC8_stp STP functionality Enforced at run-time If the feature license key is not installed......X Issue 12 July 2015 ................. ED/ENT-STG-MAPLSI................... reject ED-STG-SYS when a user specifies NODETYPE=STP.................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-12 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.

.................................................................................... confirm with Alcatel-Lucent that the entitlements specified in your purchase order are added/activated in the ASLM tool...... E.................... MGC8_srvcs_isdn ISDN PRA NNI services Enforced at run-time None MGC8_tcap_mwi TCAP based MWI package Enforced at provision Reject ENT/ED-TREATMENT when triggertype is 150 and the feature license key is not installed MGC8_stp_cic STP CIC Migration and PC offload Enforced at provision Reject ED-STG-SYS when nodetype=stp and the feature license key is not installed MGC8_auto_ callback Automatic callback/ CCBS/ RBWF Enforced at provision........... A violation will occur when a user is upgrading from a release that did not require a license key and is going to a release that now requires a license key for a particular feature(s). N D O F S T E P S ..................X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................ For a list of failure conditions..................................................................................................................... use the TL1 command RTRV-FAILCND.............................................. A violation will occur when trying to use a feature that requires a license and the license has not been purchased................................Software ASLM Generating a license file .................................. Reject ED-SERVICEACCESSCODE when serviceID is set to CCBSIW and the feature license key is not installed............................. Note: If a violation of a software license occurs............... A violation will also occur if the capacity that was purchased for a particular feature(s) has been used/exceeded. Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary G-13 255-400-022R9.............. If an event is generated........... The event returns the message “Software License Violation ....................Feature key update required to enable entitlement <name>” where <name> is the name of the license................................X................................................ When a call of type MGCF or IBCF is attempted...... an event is generated.............................................. it is rejected with a corresponding failure condition..............................................

......... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA G-14 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.....Software ASLM Generating a license file ......................................................X............................................................................................................................................................................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................................................................................................................ ...........

...........X.......... Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade.......................... Contents Reissue history H-1 Reissue history Purpose The reissue history of this document is described in the following paragraphs.......................... Table H-1 Issue 11.................... and Backout MGC-8 only upgrade Chapter 13.. Rollback and backout procedures ............... Issue 11 The reissue history for Issue 11 is shown in the following table.................... Reason for reissue This appendix has been updated with the changes from previous issues of the document...............X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ...................... Upgrade scenarios and procedures Updated procedures in Rollback of LCP and MGC-8 software.... April 2015...................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-1 255-400-022R9.........................Appendix H: Document issue history Overview Purpose This appendix provides the reference material for this document. Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 11 Added note for BTS upgrade Chapter 11.....

............ Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 10 Added the topic Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases Chapter 11.......................................... March 2015...... Table H-3 Issue 9................................................Document issue history Reissue history . Issue 10 The reissue history for Issue 10 is shown in the following table..... Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 8 Updated the Upgrade both the LCP software and the ALGPv2 software and the Upgrade the ALGPv2 software procedure..................... Table H-4 Issue 8.. Rollback and backout procedures ...........X...................... Upgrade working-working geographic redundant switches Issue 9 The reissue history for Issue 9 is shown in the following table.............................................................. Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA H-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9....................... December 2014..................................................... Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 9 Updated the document to remove the specific LCP version................................. Table H-2 Issue 10................................. Chapter 5 Issue 8 The reissue history for Issue 8 is shown in the following table................... Upgrade scenarios and procedures Updated the Backout of LCP and MGC-8 upgrade and Backout MGC-8 only upgrade procedures Chapter 13............X Issue 12 July 2015 ........................... Chapter 11.. Upgrade scenarios and procedures Updated the Note for Provisioning support during upgrade when GR MGC-8s are on different releases Chapter 12................... January 2015. Global Added step 8 under the Load transfer and field install procedure which indicates to remove the usb flash drive.....................

..............................................................................Document issue history Reissue history ..........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ........................... June 2014.................... Replaced LKDI with ASLM and added the software license names in Table G-1 and the license enforcement table on page G-16................... under the Upgrade the ALGPv2 software section........ Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 5 Revised license key table to include the “type of enforcement....... Appendix G Issue 5 The reissue history for Issue 5 is shown in the following table.................................................................... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary H-3 255-400-022R9............ Table H-5 Issue 7....... Table H-7 Issue 5.................................” Appendix G ............................. Load transfer and field installation procedure Added new chapter System Configuration Chapter 2................................ Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 6 Removed the re-login comment Chapter 11......................................... October 2014..........X. under the Update the server section Added step 10 to verify the prompt mode for TL1 Chapter 11................................................. System configuration Updated the front matter as per the content standards Global Issue 6 The reissue history for Issue 6 is shown in the following table..... Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 7 Updated the field installation procedure Chapter 4........... Issue 7 The reissue history for Issue 7 is shown in the following table... Table H-6 Issue 6. November 2014....

................X.. Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 3 Removed empty tags Global Issue 2 The reissue history for Issue 2 is shown in the following table. Table H-9 Issue 3......................................................................................................................... May 2014.............................. Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 2 Bundled three 5400 Linux Control Platform documents with this document.............Document issue history Reissue history ............. Global Issue 1 The reissue history for Issue 1 is shown in the following table........................ Issue 4 The reissue history for Issue 4 is shown in the following table................ Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA H-4 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9..X Issue 12 July 2015 ............................................................................ Table H-8 Issue 4........ Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 1 First issue of the document Global ............................. Table H-11 Issue 1............. Global Issue 3 The reissue history for Issue 3 is shown in the following table......................... The LCP documents are cross referenced from this document...... April 2014... April 2014........................... Table H-10 Issue 2............................... April 2014................. Reason for reissue Document Issue Description Location 4 Minor content corrections.

.................... 3-1 load installation and LCP check procedures.............................. G-7 ......................................................... M MGC-8 rollback and backout procedures............... L LCP installation configuration worksheets...................... 6-1 ............................. G-2 license files.... 8-1 provisioning procedures......... 9-1 AMC SS7 cards provisioning procedures............. C configure blade OAM server A functionality........... 1-1 hardware and software requirements..........................Index A ACCM and ADCM blades..X.... 5-1 .... 7-1 load transfer and pre-installation............. 2-1 access.................. 11-1 ALGPv2 blades growth and de-growth procedures............................ 9-2 ALGPv2 and LCP upgrading procedures........... 1-2 upgrade working-working GR switches............. 9-9 ASLM See: Alcatel-Lucent Software License Management .... B-1 procedures....... Rapport MGC-8 ATCA Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary IN-1 255-400-022R9........ 13-1 MGC-8 ATCA ATCA.......... S system configuration...........X Use pursuant to applicable agreements Issue 12 July 2015 ................................................................................... 12-1 .............................. G-5 entitlements...........

............................................................................................................................................................................. ..................................................X..................................................................................................................................................................... Alcatel-Lucent – Proprietary Rapport MGC-8 ATCA IN-2 Use pursuant to applicable agreements 255-400-022R9.....Index ...........................................................X Issue 12 July 2015 .......